CD/DVD PLAYER System Laser: Semiconductor laser Signal format system: PAL/NTSC DVP-NS76H: EXCEPT E32) Signal format system: NTSC (DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H:E32) Audio characteristics Frequency response: DVD VIDEO (PCM 96 kHz): 2 Hz to 44 kHz (±1.0 dB)/DVD VIDEO (PCM 48 kHz): 2 Hz to 22 kHz (±0.5 dB)/CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz (±0.5 dB) Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio): 115 dB (LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks only) Harmonic distortion: 0.003% Dynamic range: DVD VIDEO: 103 dB/CD: 99 dB Wow and flutter: Less than detected value (±0.001% W PEAK) Outputs (Jack name: Jack type/Output level/ Load impedance) LINE OUT (AUDIO): Phono jack/ 2 Vrms/ 10 kilohms DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical output jack/–18 dBm (wave length 660 nm) DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms HDMI OUT: Type A (19 pin) LINE OUT (VIDEO): Phono jack/ 1.0 Vp-p/75 ohms S VIDEO OUT: 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL), 0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)/75 ohms (DVP-NS76H:EXCEPT E32) S VIDEO OUT: 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.286 Vp-p/75 ohms (DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H:E32) COMPONENT VIDEO OUT: (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, PB/CB, PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms (DVP-NS76H:EXCEPT E32) COMPONENT VIDEO OUT: (Y, PB, PR) Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p/PB,PR: interface*1 = 0.648 Vp-p, progressive or interface*2 = 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms *1 BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT) is ON *2 BLACK LEVEL (COMPONENT OUT) is OFF (DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H:E32) SPECIFICATIONS SERVICE MANUAL RMT-D175A/RMT-D175P US Model DVP-NS71HP/NS75H CanadianModel AEP Model Singapore Model Korea Model E Model Russian Model UK Model DVP-NS76H General Power requirements: 220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz (DVP-NS76H: AEP,UK,RUS) 120 V AC, 60 Hz (DVP-NS71HP/NS75H) 110 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz (DVP-NS76H:E,SP,KR) Power consumption: 12W (DVP-NS76H:AEP, UK,RUS/NS71HP/NS75H) 11W (DVP-NS76H:E,SP,KR) Dimensions (approx.): 430 × 43 × 237 mm (width/height/depth) incl. projecting parts Mass (approx.): 1.92 kg Operating temperature: 5°C to 35°C Operating humidity: 25% to 80% Supplied accessories See page 1-3 (Service Manual Page). Specifications and design are subject to change without notice. DVP-NS75H www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 2 – DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H SAFETY CHECK-OUT 1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges. 2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are “pinched” or contact high-wattage resistors. 3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 4. Look for parts which, though functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 5. Check the line cord for cracks and abrasion. Recommend the replacement of any such line cord to the customer. 6. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified. 7. Check the antenna terminals, metal trim, “metallized” knobs, screws, and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage. Check leakage as described below. WARNING!! WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK. CAUTION: The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye hazard. CAUTION Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK OR DOTTED LINE WITH MARK ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY. After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer: LEAKAGE TEST The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground and from all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having a return to chassis, must not exceed 0.5mA (500 microampers). Leakage current can be measured by any one of three methods. 1. A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 or RCA TW-540A. Follow the manufacturers’ instructions to use these instruments. 2. A battery-operated AC milliammeter. The Data Precision 245 digital multimeter is suitable for this job. 3. Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of a VOM or battery-operated AC volmeter. The “limit” indication is 0.75V, so analog meters must have an accurate low voltage scale. The Simpson 250 and Sanwa SH-63Trd are examples of a passive VOM that is suitable. Nearly all battery operated digital multimeters that have a 2V AC range are suitable. (See Fig. A) Unleaded solder Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the lead-free mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead. (Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the lead free mark due to their particular size.) : LEAD FREE MARK Unleaded solder has the following characteristics. • Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C highter than ordinary solder. Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time. Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about 350°C Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful! • Strong viscosity Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such as on IC pins, etc. • Usable with ordinary solder It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also be added to ordinary solder. ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORT À LA SÉCURITÉ! LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFÉS PAR UNE MARQUE SUR LES DIAGRAMMES SCHÉMATIQUES ET LA LISTE DES PIÈCES SONT CRITIQUES POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NE REMPLACER CES COMPOSANTS QUE PAR DES PIÈSES SONY DONT LES NUMÉROS SONT DONNÉS DANS CE MANUEL OU DANS LES SUPPÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY. To Exposed Metal Parts on Set 0.15 F 1.5k AC Voltmeter (0.75 V) Earth Ground Fig.A. Using an Acvoltmeter to check AC leakage. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 3 – DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H TABLE OF CONTENTS SERVICE NOTE 1. Disc Removal Procedure (at POWER OFF) ....................... 5 1. GENERAL WARNING ............................................................................ 1-1 Notes About the Discs ........................................................ 1-1 Precautions.......................................................................... 1-1 About This Manual ............................................................... 1-1 This Player Can Play the Following Discs......................... 1-1 Index to Parts and Controls ............................................... 1-2 Guide to the Control Menu Display (Magic Pad) .............. 1-3 Hookups ...................................................................................... 1-3 Hooking Up the Player ........................................................ 1-3 Step 1: Unpacking ............................................................... 1-3 Step 2: Inserting Batteries into the Remote ....................... 1-3 Step 3: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cords ............ 1-4 Step 4: Connecting the Audio Cords .................................. 1-5 Step 5: Connecting the Mains Lead ................................... 1-5 Step 6: Quick Setup ............................................................ 1-5 Playing Discs ............................................................................... 1-6 Playing Discs ....................................................................... 1-6 Resuming Playback from the Point Where You Stopped the Disc (Multi-disc Resume) ........................ 1-6 Using the DVD's Menu ........................................................ 1-6 Selecting “ORIGINAL” or “PLAY LIST” on a DVD-RW/DVD-R ............................................................. 1-6 Playing VIDEO CD's With PBC Functions (PBC Playback) .............................................................. 1-7 Various Play Mode Functions (Programme Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat Play ................. 1-7 Searching for a Scene ................................................................ 1-8 Searching for a Particular Point on a Disc (Search, Scan, Slow-motion Play, Freeze Frame) ..................... 1-8 Searching for a Title/Chapter/Track/Scene, etc. ............... 1-8 Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) ............... 1-9 Viewing Information About the Disc ........................................... 1-9 Checking the Playing Time and Remaining Time .............. 1-9 Sound Adjustments ................................................................... 1-10 Changing the Sound .......................................................... 1-10 TV Virtual Surround Settings (TVS) ................................. 1-10 Enjoying Movies ........................................................................ 1-11 Changing the Angles ......................................................... 1-11 Displaying the Subtitles..................................................... 1-11 Adjusting the Playback Picture (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE) ..................................... 1-11 Sharpening the Picture (SHARPNESS) ........................... 1-11 Adjusting the Picture Quality (BNR, MNR) ...................... 1-12 Adjusting the Delay Between the Picture and Sound (AV SYNC) .................................................................... 1-12 Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images .................................. 1-12 About MP3 Audio Tracks and JPEG Image Files ........... 1-12 Playing MP3 Audio Tracks and JPEG Image Files ......... 1-13 Enjoying JPEG Images as a Slide Show ......................... 1-13 Enjoying DivX Videos ................................................................ 1-14 About DivX Video Files ...................................................... 1-14 Playing DivX Video Files ................................................... 1-14 Using Various Additional Functions.......................................... 1-15 Locking Discs (CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL, PARENTAL CONTROL) .............................................. 1-15 Controlling Your TV with the Supplied Remote ................. 1-15 Settings and Adjustments......................................................... 1-16 Using the Setup Display ................................................... 1-16 Setting the Display or Sound Track Language (LANGUAGE SETUP) ................................................. 1-16 Settings for the Display (SCREEN SETUP) .................... 1-16 Custom Settings (CUSTOM SETUP) .............................. 1-16 Settings for the Sound (AUDIO SETUP) ......................... 1-16 Additional Information ................................................................ 1-18 Troubleshooting ................................................................. 1-18 Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/ numbers appear in the display .................................... 1-18 Glossary ............................................................................ 1-19 Specifications ..................................................................... 1-19 2. DISASSEMBLY 2-1. Upper Case ......................................................................... 2-1 2-2. Front Panel Assembly and SW-470 Board ....................... 2-1 2-3. Loading Assembly ............................................................... 2-2 2-4. Optical Pick-Up (Device, Optical KHM-313CAA/C2RP) ........................ 2-3 2-5. Rear Panel, MV-49 Board/IF-146 Board and ER-41 Board ................................................................... 2-4 2-6. Switching Regulator ............................................................ 2-5 2-7. Internal Views ....................................................................... 2-6 2-8. Circuit Boards Location....................................................... 2-7 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1. Overall Block Diagram ........................................................ 3-1 3-2. Power Line (1) Block Diagram ............................................ 3-3 3-3. Power Line (2) Block Diagram ............................................ 3-5 3-4. System Control/Signal Processor Block Diagram ............ 3-7 3-5. RF/Servo Block Diagram .................................................... 3-9 3-6. Audio Block Diagram ......................................................... 3-11 3-7. Video Block Diagram ......................................................... 3-13 3-8. Interface Control Block Diagram ...................................... 3-15 3-9. HDMI Control Block Diagram ........................................... 3-17 4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-1. Frame Schematic Diagram ................................................. 4-1 4-2. Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic Diagrams .............. 4-3 • Waveforms ER-41 Board ................................................................... 4-4 MV-49 Board ................................................................... 4-4 • ER-41 Printed Wiring Board .......................................... 4-5 • ER-41 (Scart) Schematic Diagram ............................... 4-7 • IF-146 Printed Wiring Board .......................................... 4-9 • IF-146 (Interface) Schematic Diagram ...................... 4-11 • MS-203 Printed Wiring Board ...................................... 4-13 • MS-203 (Loading Motor) Schematic Diagram............ 4-13 • MV-49 Printed Wiring Board ........................................ 4-15 • MV-49 (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC) Schematic Diagram...................................................... 4-17 • MV-49 (Drive) Schematic Diagram ............................. 4-19 • MV-49 (Video) Schematic Diagram ............................. 4-21 • MV-49 (Audio (2ch)) Schematic Diagram .................. 4-23 • MV-49 (Audio (8ch)) Schematic Diagram .................. 4-25 • MV-49 (Power Supply) Schematic Diagram ............... 4-27 • MV-49 (HDMI) Schematic Diagram ............................ 4-29 • SW-470 Printed Wiring Board ..................................... 4-31 • SW-470 (Switch) Schematic Diagram ........................ 4-31 • Power Block (SRV1838UC) Printed Wiring Board ..... 4-33 • Power Block (SRV1838UC) Schematic Diagram ....... 4-35 • Power Block (SRV1839WW) Printed Wiring Board .... 4-37 • Power Block (SRV1839WW) Schematic Diagram ..... 4-39 5. IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 5-1. System Control Pin Function (MV-49 Board IC101) .......................................................... 5-1 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 4 – DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 6. TEST MODE 6-1. Executing IOP Measurement ............................................. 6-1 6-2. Emergency History Check ................................................. 6-1 6-3. Initializing Setup Data .......................................................... 6-2 6-4. Version Information ............................................................. 6-3 6-5. If Con Self Diagnostic Function .......................................... 6-3 7. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT 7-1. Power Supply Output Voltage Check ................................. 7-1 7-2. Adjustment of Video System ............................................... 7-2 8. REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. Exploded Views ................................................................... 8-1 8-1-1. Main Section ................................................................... 8-1 8-1-2. Mechanism Deck Assembly.......................................... 8-3 8-2. Electrical Parts List ............................................................. 8-4 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 5 – DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H SERVICE NOTE 1. DISC REMOVAL PROCEDURE (at POWER OFF) 1) Open dust cover to access to a hole insert a tapering driver into the aperture of the unit bottom, and move the lever of chuck can in the direction of the arrow A. (See Fig. 1) 2) Draw out the tray in the direction of the arrow B, and remove a disc. (See Fig. 1) 3) After removing the disc, push in the direction of arrow C until the tray fully in. 4) Move the lever of chuck cam in the direction of arrow D. The lever of a chuck cam Hole Tray A D B C Fig. 1. – 5E – www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-1 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 2 WARNING To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this apparatus to rain or moisture. To avoid electrical shock, do not open the cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only. The mains lead must only be changed at a qualified service shop. This appliance is classified as a CLASS 1 LASER product. The CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT MARKING is located on the rear exterior. CAUTION The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard. As the laser beam used in this CD/DVD player is harmful to eyes, do not attempt to disassemble the cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only. Notice for customers in the United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland A moulded plug complying with BS1363 is fitted to this equipment for your safety and convenience. Should the fuse in the plug supplied need to be replaced, a 5AMP fuse approved by ASTA or BSI to BS1362, (i.e., marked with or mark) must be used. If the plug supplied with this equipment has a detachable fuse cover, be sure to attach the fuse cover after you change the fuse. Never use the plug without the fuse cover. If you should lose the fuse cover, please contact your nearest Sony service station. Disposal of Old Electrical & Electronic Equipment (Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems) This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as household waste. Instead it shall be handed over to the applicable collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will help to conserve natural resources. For more detailed information about recycling of this product, please contact your local Civic Office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product. Precautions Safety • This unit operates on 220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz. Check that the unit’s operating voltage is identical with your local power supply. • To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not place objects filled with liquids, such as vases, on the apparatus. Installing • Do not install the unit in an inclined position. It is designed to be operated in a horizontal position only. • Keep the unit and discs away from equipment with strong magnets, such as microwave ovens, or large loudspeakers. • Do not place heavy objects on the unit. Notes About the Discs • To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its edge. Do not touch the surface. • Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the temperature may rise considerably inside the car. • After playing, store the disc in its case. • Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe the disc from the centre out. • Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available disc/lens cleaners, or anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs. • If you have printed the disc's label, dry the label before playing. 6 About This Manual •Instructions in this manual describe the controls on the remote. You can also use the controls on the player if they have the same or similar names as those on the remote. •“DVD” may be used as a general term for DVD VIDEOs, DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs (+VR mode) and DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (video mode). •The meaning of the icons used in this manual is described below: Icons Meaning Functions available for DVD VIDEOs and DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs in +VR mode or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in video mode Functions available for DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR (Video Recording) mode Functions available for VIDEO CDs (including Super VCDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in video CD format or Super VCD format) Functions available for music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in music CD format Functions available for DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs containing MP3*1 audio tracks, JPEG image files, and DivX*2*3 video files) Functions available for DATA DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs containing MP3*1 audio tracks, JPEG image files and DivX*2*3 video files) *1 MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer III) is a standard format defined by ISO (International Organization for Standardization)/IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) MPEG which compresses audio data. *2 DivX® is a video file compression technology, developed by DivX, Inc. *3 DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under license. 7 This Player Can Play the Following Discs “DVD+RW,” “DVD-RW,” “DVD+R,” “DVD-R,” “DVD-VIDEO” and the “CD” logo are trademarks. Note about CDs/DVDs The player can play CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD- RWs recorded in the following formats: – music CD format – video CD format – MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, and DivX video files of format conforming to ISO 9660* Level 1/Level 2, or its extended format, Joliet – KODAK Picture CD format * A logical format of files and folders on CD- ROMs, defined by ISO (International Organization for Standardization). The player can play DVD-ROMs/ DVD+RWs/DVD-RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs recorded in the following formats: – MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files and DivX video files of format conforming to UDF (Universal Disk Format). Example of discs that the player cannot play The player cannot play the following discs: • CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs other than those recorded in the formats listed on this page. • CD-ROMs recorded in PHOTO CD format. • Data part of CD-Extras. • DVD Audio discs. • HD layer on Super Audio CDs. • DATA DVDs that do not contain MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, or DivX video files. Also, the player cannot play the following discs: • A DVD VIDEO with a different region code. • A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g., card, heart). • A disc with paper or stickers on it. • A disc that has the adhesive of cellophane tape or a sticker still left on it. Region code Your player has a region code printed on the back of the unit and only will play DVD VIDEOs (playback only) labelled with identical region codes. This system is used to protect copyrights. DVD VIDEOs labelled will also play on this player. If you try to play any other DVD VIDEO, the message “Playback prohibited by area limitations.” will appear on the TV screen. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, there may be no region code indication, even though playing the DVD VIDEO is prohibited by area restrictions. Format of discs DVD VIDEO DVD-RW/-R DVD+RW/+R VIDEO CD/ Music CD CD-RW/-R ALL DVP–XXXX 00V 00Hz 00W NO. 0-000-000-00 X Region code ,continued 3 Precautions On safety Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, unplug the player and have it checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further. On power sources • The player is not disconnected from the AC power source (mains) as long as it is connected to the wall outlet, even if the player itself has been turned off. • If you are not going to use the player for a long time, be sure to disconnect the player from the wall outlet. To disconnect the AC power cord (mains lead), grasp the plug itself; never pull the cord. On placement • Place the player in a location with adequate ventilation to prevent heat build-up in the player. • Do not place the player on a soft surface such as a rug. • Do not place the player in a location near heat sources, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, or mechanical shock. On operation • If the player is brought directly from a cold to a warm location, or is placed in a very damp room, moisture may condense on the lenses inside the player. Should this occur, the player may not operate properly. In this case, remove the disc and leave the player turned on for about half an hour until the moisture evaporates. • When you move the player, take out any discs. If you don’t, the disc may be damaged. On adjusting volume Do not turn up the volume while listening to a section with very low level inputs or no audio signals. If you do, the speakers may be damaged when a peak level section is played. On cleaning Clean the cabinet, panel, and controls with a soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder or solvent such as alcohol or benzine. On cleaning discs, disc/lens cleaners Do not use a commercially available cleaning disc or disc/lens cleaner (wet or spray type). These may cause the apparatus to malfunction. If you have any questions or problems concerning your player, please consult your nearest Sony dealer. IMPORTANT NOTICE Caution: This player is capable of holding a still video image or on-screen display image on your television screen indefinitely. If you leave the still video image or on-screen display image displayed on your TV for an extended period of time you risk permanent damage to your television screen. Plasma display panel televisions and projection televisions are susceptible to this. SECTION 1 GENERAL This section is extracted from instruction manual. 2-666-956-12 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-2 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 8 Notes • Notes about DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs Some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/DVD- Rs, or CD-Rs/CD-RWs cannot be played on this player due to the recording quality or physical condition of the disc, or the characteristics of the recording device and authoring software. The disc will not play if it has not been correctly finalized. For more information, refer to the operating instructions for the recording device. Note that some playback functions may not work with some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, even if they have been correctly finalized. In this case, view the disc by normal playback. Also some DATA CDs/DATA DVDs created in Packet Write format cannot be played. • Music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies This product is designed to playback discs that conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard. Recently, various music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies are marketed by some record companies. Please be aware that among those discs, there are some that do not conform to the CD standard and may not be playable by this product. • Note on DualDiscs A DualDisc is a two sided disc product which mates DVD recorded material on one side with digital audio material on the other side. However, since the audio material side does not conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard, playback on this product is not guaranteed. Note on playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs Some playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by software producers. Since this player plays DVDs and VIDEO CDs according to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. Also, refer to the instructions supplied with the DVDs or VIDEO CDs. Copyrights This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 9 Index to Parts and Controls For more information, see the pages indicated in parentheses. Front panel A [/1 (on/standby) button (24) B Disc tray (24) C Front panel display (10) D HDMI* (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) indicator (17, 66, 69, 77) Lights up when the HDMI OUT jack is correctly connected to a HDCP (High- bandwidth Digital Content Protection) compliant device with HDMI or DVI (Digital Visual Interface) input. E A (open/close) button (24) F H (play) button (24) G x (stop) button (25) H ./> (previous/next) buttons (33) I PROGRESSIVE button/indicator (18) Lights up when the player outputs progressive signals. J Remote sensor (15) * This player is based on version 1.1 of High- Definition Multimedia Interface Specifications. This DVD player incorporates High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI™) technology. HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC. Rear panel A HDMI OUT (high-definition multimedia interface out) jack (16) B DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack (20) C DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack (20) D LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks (20) E LINE OUT (VIDEO) jack (16) F LINE (RGB) - TV jack (16) G S VIDEO OUT jack (16) H COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks (16) (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) VIDEO LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT PR/CR Y PB/CB COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL HDMI OUT LINE (RGB) -TV L ,continued 10 Front panel display When playing back a DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode disc When playing back a VIDEO CD with Playback Control (PBC) (28) When playing back a CD, DATA DVD (MP3 audio/DivX video), DATA CD (MP3 audio/DivX video), or VIDEO CD (without PBC) *1 When playing DivX video files, the current track is not displayed. *2 When playing DATA DVDs, the DVD indicator is displayed. When playing VIDEO CDs (without PBC), the VCD indicator is displayed. Current title/chapter or playing time (37) Disc type Current audio signal (41) Lights up when you can change the angle (44) Lights up during Repeat Play (31) Playing status Disc type Current scene or playing time (37) Playing status Lights up during A-B Repeat Play (32) Playing time (37) Disc type*2 Current track*1 (37) Lights up during Repeat Play (31) Lights up when playing MP3 audio tracks (51) Playing status 11 Remote A TV [/1 (on/standby) button (63) B Z (open/close) button (25) C Number buttons (27) The number 5 button has a tactile dot.* D CLEAR button (29) E TOP MENU button (27) F C/X/x/c buttons (27) G O RETURN (return) button (24, 25) H / (replay/step/advance/ step) buttons (25, 34) I ./> (previous/next) buttons (25) J m/M (scan/slow) buttons (34) K ZOOM button (25, 54) L SLOW PLAY/FAST PLAY buttons (25) M (audio) button (40) N (subtitle) button (44) O [/1 (on/standby) button (24) P 2 (volume) +/– buttons (63) The + button has a tactile dot.* Q t (TV/video) button (63) R PICTURE NAVI (picture navigation) button (36, 54) S TIME/TEXT button (37) T MENU button (27) U ENTER button (22) V DISPLAY button (12) W H (play) button (24) The H button has a tactile dot.* X x (stop) button (25) Y X (pause) button (25) Z SUR (surround) button (42) wj (angle) button (44) * Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the player. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-3 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 12 Guide to the Control Menu Display (Magic Pad) Use the Control Menu to select a function and to view related information. Press DISPLAY repeatedly to turn on or change the Control Menu display as follows: Control Menu display The Control Menu display 1 and 2 will show different items depending on the disc type. For details about each item, see the pages in parentheses. Example: Control Menu display 1 when playing a DVD VIDEO. *1 Displays the scene number for VIDEO CDs (PBC is on), track number for VIDEO CDs/CDs, album number for DATA CDs/DATA DVDs. *2 Displays the index number for VIDEO CDs, MP3 audio track number or JPEG image file number for DATA CDs/DATA DVDs. DivX video file number for DATA CDs/DATA DVDs. *3 Displays Super VCD as “SVCD.” *4 Displays the date for JPEG files. To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly. Control Menu display 1 m Control Menu display 2 (appears for certain discs only) m Control Menu display off , OFF OFF SET ON PLAY 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO Quit: PROGRAM ENTER DISPLAY Currently playing chapter number*2 Playing time*4 Total number of chapters*2 Options Current setting Total number of titles*1 Playback status (N Playback, X Pause, x Stop, etc.) Function name of selected Control Menu item Operation message Selected item Control Menu items Type of disc being played*3 Currently playing title number*1 13 List of Control Menu items Item Item Name, Function TITLE (page 34)/SCENE (page 34)/TRACK (page 34) Selects the title, scene, or track to be played. CHAPTER (page 34)/INDEX (page 34) Selects the chapter or index to be played. TRACK (page 34) Selects the track to be played. ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST (page 27) Selects the type of titles (DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode) to be played, the ORIGINAL one, or an edited PLAY LIST. TIME/TEXT (page 34) Checks the elapsed time and the remaining playback time. Input the time code for picture and music searching. Displays the DVD/CD text, or the DATA CD/DATA DVD track/file name. PROGRAM (page 29) Selects the title, chapter, or track to play in the order you want. SHUFFLE (page 30) Plays the title, chapter, or track in random order. REPEAT (page 31) Plays the entire disc (all titles/all tracks/all albums) repeatedly or one title/chapter/ track/album/file repeatedly. A-B REPEAT (page 32) Specifies the parts you want to play repeatedly. CUSTOM PICTURE MODE (page 45) Adjusts the video signal from the player. You can select the picture quality that best suits the program you are watching. SHARPNESS (page 47) Exaggerates the outline of the image to produce a sharper picture. BNR (page 48) Adjusts the picture quality by reducing the “block noise” or mosaic like patterns that appear on your TV screen. MNR (page 48) Adjusts the picture quality by reducing the faint noise appearing around the outlines of the images. AV SYNC (page 49) Adjust the delay between the picture and sound. PARENTAL CONTROL (page 60) Set to prohibit playback on this player. SETUP (page 64) QUICK Setup (page 22) Use Quick Setup to choose the desired language of the on-screen display, the aspect ratio of the TV and, the audio output signal. CUSTOM Setup In addition to the Quick Setup setting, you can adjust various other settings. RESET Returns the settings in “SETUP” to the default setting. ALBUM (page 34) Selects the album that contains MP3 audio track and JPEG image file to be played. ,continued 14 z Hint The Control Menu icon indicator lights up in green when you select any item except “OFF.” (“PROGRAM,” “SHUFFLE,” “REPEAT,” “A-B REPEAT,” “SHARPNESS,” “CUSTOM PICTURE MODE,” “BNR,” “MNR” only). The “ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST” indicator lights up in green when you select “PLAY LIST” (default setting). The “AV SYNC” indicator lights up in green when set to more than 0 ms. FILE (page 34) Selects the JPEG image file to be played. ALBUM (page 34) Selects the album that contain DivX video file to be played. FILE (page 34) Selects the DivX video file to be played. DATE (page 54) Displays the date the picture was taken by a digital camera. INTERVAL (page 56) Specifies the duration for which the slides are displayed on the screen. EFFECT (page 56) Selects the effects to be used for changing slides during a slide show. MODE (MP3, JPEG) (page 55) Selects the data type; MP3 audio track (AUDIO), JPEG image file (IMAGE) or both (AUTO) to be played when playing a DATA CD/DATA DVD. t 15 Hookups Hookups Hooking Up the Player Follow steps 1 to 6 to hook up and adjust the settings of the player. Notes • Plug cords securely to prevent unwanted noise. • Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected. • You cannot connect this player to a TV that does not have a SCART or video input jack. • Be sure to disconnect the mains lead of each component before connecting. Step 1: Unpacking Check that you have the following items: • Audio/video cord (phono plug × 3 y phono plug × 3) (1) • Remote commander (remote) (1) • R6 (size AA) batteries (2) Step 2: Inserting Batteries Into the Remote You can control the player using the supplied remote. Insert two R6 (size AA) batteries by matching the 3 and # ends on the batteries to the markings inside the compartment. When using the remote, point it at the remote sensor on the player. Notes • Do not leave the remote in an extremely hot or humid place. • Do not drop any foreign object into the remote casing, particularly when replacing the batteries. • Do not expose the remote sensor to direct light from the sun or a lighting apparatus. Doing so may cause a malfunction. • If you do not use the remote for an extended period of time, remove the batteries to avoid possible damage from battery leakage and corrosion. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-4 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 16 Step 3: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cords Connect this player to your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) using a video cord. Select one of the patterns A through E, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). In order to view progressive signal (525p or 625p) pictures with a compatible TV, projector, or monitor, you must use pattern D. Select pattern C when connecting to a TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) equipped with HDMI input. COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL LINE (RGB) -TV HDMI OUT VIDEO LINE OUT S VIDEO OUT PR/CR Y PB/CB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT AUDIO R L A VIDEO AUDIO INPUT L R D PR/CR PB/CB Y COMPONENT VIDEO IN B INPUT S VIDEO E C IN INPUT Audio/video cord (supplied) Component video cord (not supplied) (yellow) TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) to S VIDEO OUT TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) (green) S VIDEO cord (not supplied) TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) (red) (blue) (green) (blue) (red) to LINE OUT (VIDEO) to LINE (RGB)-TV TV CD/DVD player to COMPONENT VIDEO OUT SCART cord (not supplied) (yellow) to HDMI OUT HDMI cord (not supplied) TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) : Signal flow 17 Hookups Note When connecting to a progressive TV, it is recommended that you use only pattern D. If you connect to your TV using both D and E, a special control signal transmitted via the SCART cable may cause the signal to be switched to the SCART jack. A If you are connecting to a video input jack Connect the yellow plug of an audio/video cord (supplied) to the yellow (video) jack. You will enjoy standard quality images. With this connection, select “NORMAL (INTERLACE)” (default) by pressing the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel. B If you are connecting to an S VIDEO input jack Connect an S VIDEO cord (not supplied). You will enjoy high quality images. With this connection, select “NORMAL (INTERLACE)” (default) by pressing the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel. C If you are connecting to an HDMI/DVI input jack Use a certified Sony HDMI cord (not supplied) to enjoy high quality digital picture and sound through the HDMI OUT jack. When connecting to the HDMI OUT jack, carefully align the HDMI connector with the jack. Do not bend and apply pressure to the HDMI cord. To connect to a TV with DVI input Use an HDMI-DVI converter cord (not supplied). The DVI jack will not accept any audio signals, so you have to use another audio connection in addition to this connection (page 20). Furthermore, you cannot connect the HDMI OUT jack to DVI jacks that are not HDCP compliant (e.g., DVI jacks on PC displays). D If you are connecting to a monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) having component video input jacks (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) Connect the component via the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks using a component video cord (not supplied) or three video cords (not supplied) of the same kind and length. You will enjoy accurate colour reproduction and high quality images. If your TV accepts progressive 525p/625p format signals, use this connection and press the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel to output progressive signals. For details, see “Using the PROGRESSIVE button” (page 18). Yellow White (L) Red (R) Yellow White (L) Red (R) Green Blue Red Green Blue Red ,continued 18 E If you are connecting to a SCART input jack Connect a SCART cord (not supplied). Be sure to make the connections firmly to avoid hum and noise. When you connect using the SCART cord, check that the TV conforms to S video or RGB signals. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with the TV to be connected. Also, when you set “LINE” to “S VIDEO” or “RGB” under “SCREEN SETUP” in the Setup Display (page 67), use a SCART cord that conforms to each signal. With this connection, select “NORMAL (INTERLACE)” (default) by pressing the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel. When connecting to a standard 4:3 screen TV Depending on the disc, the image may not fit your TV screen. To change the aspect ratio, see page 66. Notes • Do not connect a VCR, etc., between your TV and the player. If you pass the player signals via the VCR, you may not receive a clear image on the TV screen. If your TV has only one audio/video input jack, connect the player to this jack. • If you set “LINE” in SCREEN SETUP to “RGB” (page 67), the player outputs no component video signals. Using the PROGRESSIVE button By using the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel, you can select the signal format in which the player outputs video signals (Progressive or Interlace), and the conversion method for progressive signals. The PROGRESSIVE indicator lights up when the player outputs progressive signals. Each time you press the PROGRESSIVE button, the display changes as follows: PROGRESSIVE AUTO m PROGRESSIVE VIDEO m NORMAL (INTERLACE) When you play a disc recorded in the NTSC colour system, the player outputs the video signal or the Setup Display etc. in the NTSC colour system and the picture may not appear on the PAL colour system televisions. In this case, open the tray and remove the disc. VCR CD/DVD player TV Connect directly , 19 Hookups ◆PROGRESSIVE AUTO Select this setting when: – your TV accepts progressive signals, and, – the TV is connected to the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. Normally select this under the above condition. This automatically detects the software type, and selects the appropriate conversion method. Note that the picture will not be clear or no picture will appear if you select these settings when either of the above conditions is not met. ◆PROGRESSIVE VIDEO Select this setting when: – your TV accepts progressive signals, and, – the TV is connected to the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, and – you want to fix the conversion method to PROGRESSIVE VIDEO for video-based software. Select this if the image is not clear when you select PROGRESSIVE AUTO. Note that the picture will not be clear or no picture will appear if you select these settings when either of the above conditions is not met. ◆NORMAL (INTERLACE) Select this setting when: – your TV does not accept progressive signals, or, – your TV is connected to jacks other than the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks (LINE OUT (VIDEO) or S VIDEO OUT). You cannot select this setting while the HDMI indicator is lit. About DVD software types and the conversion method DVD software can be divided into two types: film-based software and video-based software. Video-based software is derived from TV, such as dramas and sit-coms, and displays images at 25 frames/50 fields (30 frames/60 fields) per second. Film-based software is derived from film and displays images at 24 frames per second. Some DVD software contains both video and film. In order for these images to appear natural on your screen when output in progressive format, the progressive signals need to be converted to match the type of DVD software that you are watching. Notes • When you play video-based software in progressive signal format, sections of some types of images may appear unnatural due to the conversion process when output through the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. Images from the S VIDEO OUT and LINE OUT (VIDEO) jacks are unaffected as they are output in the normal (interlace) format. • If you set “LINE” in “SCREEN SETUP” to “RGB,” then the player switches to “NORMAL (INTERLACE).” This will happen even though you select “PROGRESSIVE AUTO” or “PROGRESSIVE VIDEO.” www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-5 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 20 Step 4: Connecting the Audio Cords Select one of the following patterns A, or B according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to listen to sound. z Hint For correct speaker location, see the operating instructions supplied with the connected components. S VIDEO OUT PR/CR Y PB/CB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT LINE (RGB) -TV VIDEO AUDIO INPUT L R B A VIDEO LINE OUT AUDIO R L COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL HDMI OUT VIDEO LINE OUT AUDIO R L COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL HDMI OUT HDMI cord (not supplied) (red) TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) Audio/video cord (supplied) : Signal flow Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) Rear (L) CD/DVD player (white) (yellow)* (yellow)* (white) (red) [Speakers] Front (L) [Speakers] Rear (R) Front (R) Subwoofer Center Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) or to coaxial or optical/ HDMI digital input AV amplifier (receiver) with a decoder or * The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 16). 21 Hookups A Connecting to audio L/R input jacks This connection will use your TV’s or stereo amplifier’s (receiver’s) two speakers for sound. Connect using the audio/video cord (supplied). • Surround effect (page 42) TV: Dynamic Theatre, Dynamic, Wide, Night Stereo amplifier (receiver): Standard, Night B Connecting to a digital audio input jack If your AV amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby Digital*1, DTS*2 or MPEG audio decoder and a digital input jack, use this connection. Connect using a coaxial or optical digital cord/HDMI cord (not supplied). • Surround effect Dolby Digital (5.1ch), DTS (5.1ch), MPEG audio (5.1ch) *1 Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby,” “Pro Logic,” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. *2 “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. Notes • After you have completed the connection, be sure to set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “DOLBY DIGITAL” and “DTS” to “ON” in Quick Setup (page 22). If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG audio decoder function, set “MPEG” to “MPEG” in Audio Setup (page 71). Otherwise, no sound or a loud noise will come from your speakers. • When you connect an amplifier (receiver) that conforms to the 96 kHz sampling frequency, set “48kHz/96kHz PCM” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “96kHz/24bit” (page 71). • The TVS effects of this player cannot be used with this connection. • When you connect the player to an AV amplifier (receiver) using an HDMI cord, you will need to do one of the following: – Connect the AV amplifier (receiver) to the TV with the HDMI cord. – Connect the player to the TV with a video cord other than HDMI cord (component video cord, S VIDEO cord, or audio/video cord). • When connecting to the HDMI OUT jack, carefully align the HDMI connector with the jack. Do not bend and apply pressure to the HDMI cord. Yellow White (L) Red (R) Yellow White (L) Red (R) Coaxial cord Optical cord HDMI cord 22 Step 5: Connecting the Mains Lead Plug the player and TV mains lead (power cord) into a mains. Step 6: Quick Setup Follow the steps below to make the minimum number of basic adjustments for using the player. To skip an adjustment, press >. To return to the previous adjustment, press .. 1 Turn on the TV. 2 Press [/1. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. “Press [ENTER] to run QUICK SETUP” (press enter to run Quick Setup) appears at the bottom of the screen. If this message does not appear, select “QUICK” (quick) under “SETUP” (setup) in the Control Menu to run Quick Setup (page 65). 4 Press ENTER without inserting a disc. The Setup Display for selecting the language used in the on-screen display appears. 5 Press X/x to select a language. The player displays the menu and subtitles in the selected language. 6 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the aspect ratio of the TV to be connected appears. ENTER LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ITALIANO ESPAÑOL NEDERLANDS DANSK SVENSKA FRANÇAIS ENGLISH ENGLISH DEUTSCH SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: 16:9 4:3 LETTER BOX 4:3 PAN SCAN FULL HDMI RESOLUTION: SCREEN SAVER: YCBCR/RGB (HDMI): BACKGROUND: LINE: 4:3 OUTPUT: 16:9 JACKET PICTURE VIDEO 23 Hookups 7 Press X/x to select the setting that matches your TV type. ◆ If you have a wide-screen TV or a 4:3 standard TV with a wide-screen mode • 16:9 (page 66) ◆ If you have a 4:3 standard TV • 4:3 LETTER BOX or 4:3 PAN SCAN (page 66) 8 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the type of jack used to connect your amplifier (receiver) appears. 9 Press X/x to select the type of jack (if any) you are using to connect to an amplifier (receiver), then press ENTER. If you did not connect an AV amplifier (receiver), select “NO,” then go to step 13. If you connected an AV amplifier (receiver) using just an audio cord, select “YES: LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO),” then go to step 13. If you connected an AV amplifier (receiver) using either an optical or coaxial digital/HDMI cord, select “YES: DIGITAL OUTPUT.” The Setup Display for “DOLBY DIGITAL” appears. 10Press X/x to select the type of Dolby Digital signal you wish to send to your amplifier (receiver). If your AV amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby Digital decoder, select “DOLBY DIGITAL.” Otherwise, select “D-PCM.” 11Press ENTER. “DTS” is selected. 12Press X/x to select whether or not you wish to send a DTS signal to your amplifier (receiver). If your AV amplifier (receiver) has a DTS decoder, select “ON.” Otherwise, select “OFF.” 13Press ENTER. ◆ When “DIGITAL OUTPUT” is selected in step 9 • Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. • If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG audio decoder, set “MPEG” to “MPEG” (page 71). YES NO Is this player connected to an amplifier (receiver) ? Select the type of jack you are using. LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO) DIGITAL OUTPUT AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: MPEG: OFF STANDARD AUDIO FILTER: SHARP ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM D-PCM 48kHz/96kHz PCM: 48kHz/16bit DTS: DOLBY DIGITAL AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: OFF STANDARD AUDIO FILTER: SHARP ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND 48kHz/96kHz PCM: DTS: MPEG: ON 48kHz/16 bit OFF OFF www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-6 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 24 Playing Discs Playing Discs Depending on the DVD or VIDEO CD, some operations may be different or restricted. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with your disc. 1 Turn on your TV. 2 Press [/1. The player turns on. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. ◆ When using an amplifier (receiver) Turn on the amplifier (receiver) and select the appropriate channel so that you can hear sound from the player. 4 Press A on the player, and place a disc on the disc tray. 5 Press H. The disc tray closes. The player starts playback (continuous play). Adjust the volume on the TV or the amplifier (receiver). Depending on the disc, a menu may appear on the TV screen. For DVD VIDEOs, see page 27. For VIDEO CDs, see page 28. To turn off the player Press [/1. The player enters standby mode. z Hint You can have the player turn off automatically whenever you leave it in stop mode for more than 30 minutes. To turn this function on or off, set “AUTO POWER OFF” in “CUSTOM SETUP” to “ON” or “OFF” (page 68). Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a DVD VIDEO • DTS audio signals are output only through the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT jack. • When you play a DVD VIDEO with DTS sound tracks, set “DTS” to “ON” in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 71). • If you connect the player to audio equipment without a DTS decoder, do not set “DTS” to “ON” in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 71). A loud noise may come out from the speakers, affecting your ears or causing the speakers to be damaged. Note Discs created on DVD recorders must be correctly finalized before they can be played. For more information about finalizing, refer to the operating instructions supplied with the DVD recorder. ENTER RETURN Playback side facing down 25 Playing Discs Additional operations *1 DVD VIDEOs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs only. The button can be used except for DivX video files. *2 DVD VIDEOs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs/ DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs only. The button can be used except for DivX video files. *3 Video and JPEG pictures only (except BACKGROUND pictures). You can move the enlarged picture using C/X/x/c. Depending upon the contents of the disc, the zoom function may be cancelled automatically when the picture is moved. Note You may not be able to use the Replay or Advance function with some scenes. Playback quickly or slowly with sound You can listen to dialogue or sound while playing the current scene quickly or slowly. During playback, press FAST PLAY or SLOW PLAY. The speed changes when you press either FAST PLAY or SLOW PLAY. To return to normal playback Press H. Notes • You can only use this function with DVDs/ VIDEO CDs/Super VCDs and DVD-RWs/DVD- Rs in VR mode only. • “Operation not possible” will appear when maximum or minimum speed is reached. • During Fast Play and Slow Play mode, you cannot change angle (page 44), subtitle (page 44), and the sound (page 40). The sound can only be changed for VIDEO CDs/Super VCDs. • Fast Play and Slow Play functions do not work when playing DTS sound tracks. • You cannot use Fast Play and Slow Play function when playing a still picture on DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode. Locking the disc tray (Child Lock) You can lock the disc tray to prevent children from opening it. When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 on the remote. The player turns on and “LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. The A and Z buttons on the player or the remote do not work while the Child Lock is set. To unlock the disc tray When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 again. Note Even if you select “RESET” under “SETUP” in the Control Menu (page 65), the disc tray remains locked. To Operation Stop Press x Pause Press X Resume play after pause Press X or H Go to the next chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press > Go back to the previous chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press . Stop play and remove the disc Press Z Replay the previous scene*1 Press (replay) during playback Briefly fast forward the current scene*2 Press (advance) during playback Magnify the image*3 Press ZOOM repeatedly. Press CLEAR to cancel. CLEAR (replay) ZOOM SLOW PLAY FAST PLAY (advance) 26 Resuming Playback From the Point Where You Stopped the Disc (Multi-disc Resume) The player stores the point where you stopped the disc for up to 6 discs and resumes playback the next time you insert the same disc. If you store a resume playback point for the 7th disc, the resume playback point for the first disc is deleted. 1 While playing a disc, press x to stop playback. “RESUME” appears on the front panel display. 2 Press H. The player starts playback from the point where you stopped the disc in step 1. z Hint To play from the beginning of the disc, press x twice, then press H. Notes • “MULTI-DISC RESUME” in “CUSTOM SETUP” must be set to “ON” (default) for this function to work (page 68). • The point where you stopped playing is cleared when: – you change the play mode. – you change the settings on the Setup Display. • For DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode, CDs, DATA CDs, and DATA DVDs, the player remembers the resume playback point for the current disc. The resume point is cleared when: – you opened the disc tray. – you disconnect the mains lead – the player enters standby mode (DATA CD/ DATA DVD only). • Resume Play does not work during Shuffle Play and Programme Play. • This function may not work with some discs. • If “MULTI-DISC RESUME” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “ON” and you playback a recorded disc such as DVD-RW, the player may playback other recorded discs from the same resume point. 27 Playing Discs Using the DVD’s Menu A DVD is divided into long sections of a picture or a music feature called “titles.” When you play a DVD which contains several titles, you can select the title you want using the TOP MENU button. When you play DVDs that allow you to select items such as language for the sound and subtitles, select these items using the MENU button. 1 Press TOP MENU or MENU. The disc’s menu appears on the TV screen. The contents of the menu vary from disc to disc. 2 Press C/X/x/c or the number buttons to select the item you want to play or change. If you press the number buttons, the following display appears. Press the number buttons to select the item you want. 3 Press ENTER. Selecting “ORIGINAL” or “PLAY LIST” on a DVD- RW/DVD-R Some DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR (Video Recording) mode have two types of titles for playback: originally recorded titles (ORIGINAL) and titles that can be created on recordable DVD players for editing (PLAY LIST). You can select the type of title to be played. 1 Press DISPLAY when the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST), then press ENTER. The options for “ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a setting. • PLAY LIST: plays the titles created from “ORIGINAL” for editing. • ORIGINAL: plays the titles originally recorded. 4 Press ENTER. ENTER MENU TOP MENU Number buttons 1 ENTER DISPLAY 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) DVD-VR PLAY LIST PLAY LIST ORIGINAL T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-7 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 28 Playing VIDEO CDs With PBC Functions (PBC Playback) PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play VIDEO CDs interactively by following the menu on the TV screen. 1 Start playing a VIDEO CD with PBC functions. The menu for your selection appears. 2 Press the number buttons to select the item number you want. 3 Press ENTER. 4 Follow the instructions in the menu for interactive operations. Refer to the instructions supplied with the disc, as the operating procedure may differ depending on the VIDEO CD. To return to the menu Press O RETURN. z Hint To play without using PBC, press ./> or the number buttons while the player is stopped to select a track, then press H or ENTER. “Play without PBC” appears on the TV screen and the player starts continuous play. You cannot play still pictures such as a menu. To return to PBC playback, press x twice then press H. Note Depending on the VIDEO CD, “Press ENTER” in step 3 may appear as “Press SELECT” in the instructions supplied with the disc. In this case, press H. ENTER RETURN Number buttons 29 Playing Discs Various Play Mode Functions (Programme Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat Play) You can set the following play modes: • Programme Play (page 29) • Shuffle Play (page 30) • Repeat Play (page 31) • A-B Repeat Play (page 32) Note The play mode is cancelled when: – you eject the disc. – the player enters standby mode by pressing [/1. Creating your own programme (Programme Play) You can play the contents of a disc in the order you want by arranging the order of the titles, chapters, or tracks on the disc to create your own programme. You can programme up to 99 titles, chapters, and tracks. 1 Press DISPLAY. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PROGRAM), then press ENTER. The options for “PROGRAM” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then press ENTER. 4 Press c. The cursor moves to the title or track row “T” (in this case, “01”). 5 Select the title, chapter, or track you want to programme. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO For example, select chapter “03” of title “02.” Press X/x to select “02” under “T,” then press ENTER. CLEAR ENTER DISPLAY OFF OFF SET ON PLAY 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PROGRAM 1. TITLE ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – T – – 01 02 03 04 05 “TRACK” is displayed when you play a VIDEO CD, or CD. Titles or tracks recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE – – ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – T C ALL 01 02 03 04 05 06 – – 02 03 04 05 01 Chapters recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE – – ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – C ALL 03 04 05 06 T – – 01 02 03 04 05 02 01 ,continued 30 Next, press X/x to select “03” under “C,” then press ENTER. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, or CD For example, select track “02.” Press X/x to select “02” under “T,” then press ENTER. 6 To programme other titles, chapters, or tracks, repeat steps 4 to 5. The programmed titles, chapters, and tracks are displayed in the selected order. 7 Press H to start Programme Play. Programme Play begins. When the programme ends, you can restart the same programme again by pressing H. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” after step 2. To play the same programme again, select “ON” in step 3 and press ENTER. To change or cancel a programme 1 Follow steps 1 to 3 of “Creating your own programme (Programme Play).” 2 Select the programme number of the title, chapter, or track you want to change or cancel using X/x and press c. If you want to delete the title, chapter, or track from the programme, press CLEAR. 3 Follow step 5 for new programming. To cancel a programme, select “--” under “T,” then press ENTER. To cancel all of the titles, chapters, or tracks in the programmed order 1 Follow steps 1 to 3 of “Creating your own programme (Programme Play).” 2 Press X and select “ALL CLEAR.” 3 Press ENTER. z Hint You can perform Repeat Play or Shuffle Play of programmed titles, chapters, or tracks. During Programme Play, follow the steps of Repeat Play (page 31) or Shuffle Play (page 30). Notes • When you programme tracks on a Super VCD, the total playing time is not displayed. • You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs or Super VCDs with PBC playback. Playing in random order (Shuffle Play) You can have the player “shuffle” titles, chapters, or tracks. Subsequent “shuffling” may produce a different playing order. 1 Press DISPLAY during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SHUFFLE), then press ENTER. The options for “SHUFFLE” appear. T – – 01 02 03 04 05 PROGRAM 1. TITLE 0 2 – 0 3 ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – Selected title and chapter PROGRAM 1. TRACK 0 2 ALL CLEAR 2. TRACK – – 3. TRACK – – 4. TRACK – – 5. TRACK – – 6. TRACK – – 7. TRACK – – 0:15:30 – – 01 02 03 04 05 T Selected track Total time of the programmed tracks PLAY 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 OFF CHAPTER TITLE OFF DVD VIDEO 31 Playing Discs 3 Press X/x to select the item to be shuffled. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO • TITLE • CHAPTER ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, or CD • TRACK ◆ When Programme Play is activated • ON: shuffles titles, chapters or tracks selected in Programme Play. 4 Press ENTER. Shuffle Play starts. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in step 3. z Hints • You can set Shuffle Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the “SHUFFLE” option, press H. Shuffle Play starts. • Up to 200 chapters in a disc can be played in random order when “CHAPTER” is selected. Note You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs or Super VCDs with PBC playback. Playing repeatedly (Repeat Play) You can play all of the titles or tracks on a disc, or a single title, chapter, or track repeatedly. You can use a combination of Shuffle or Programme Play modes. 1 Press DISPLAY during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (REPEAT), then press ENTER. The options for “REPEAT” appear. 3 Press X/x to select the item to be repeated. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO • DISC: repeats all of the titles. • TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. • CHAPTER: repeats the current chapter. ◆ When playing a DVD-VR mode disc • DISC: repeats all the titles of the selected type. • TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. • CHAPTER: repeats the current chapter. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, or CD • DISC: repeats all of the tracks. • TRACK: repeats the current track. ◆ When playing a DATA CD/DATA DVD • DISC: repeats all of the albums. • ALBUM: repeats the current album. • TRACK (MP3 audio tracks only): repeats the current track. • FILE (DivX video files only): repeats the current file. ◆ When Programme Play or Shuffle Play is activated • ON: repeats Programme Play or Shuffle Play. 4 Press ENTER. Repeat Play starts. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in step 3. z Hint You can set Repeat Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the “REPEAT” option, press H. Repeat Play starts. Notes • You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs or Super VCDs with PBC playback. • When repeating a DATA CD/DATA DVD which contains MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files, and their playing times are not the same, the sound will not match the image. • When “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “IMAGE (JPEG)” (page 55), you cannot select “TRACK.” DISC TITLE CHAPTER OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO OFF ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-8 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 32 Repeating a specific portion (A-B Repeat Play) You can play a specific portion of a title, chapter or track repeatedly. (This function is useful when you want to memorize lyrics, etc.) 1 Press DISPLAY during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (A-B REPEAT), then press ENTER. The options for “A-B REPEAT” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then press ENTER. The “A-B REPEAT” setting bar appears. 4 During playback, when you find the starting point (point A) of the portion to be played repeatedly, press ENTER. The starting point (point A) is set. 5 When you reach the ending point (point B), press ENTER again. The set points are displayed and the player starts repeating this specific portion. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in step 3. Notes • When you set A-B Repeat Play, the settings for Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, and Programme Play are cancelled. • A-B Repeat Play does not work across multiple titles. • You may not set A-B Repeat Play for contents on a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) that contains still pictures. PLAY SET OFF OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO A 18 - 1:32:30 B A 18 - 1:32:30 B 18 - 1:33:05 33 Searching for a Scene Searching for a Scene Searching for a Particular Point on a Disc (Search, Scan, Slow-motion Play, Freeze Frame) You can quickly locate a particular point on a disc by monitoring the picture or playing back slowly. Notes • Depending on the disc, you may not be able to do some of the operations described. • For DATA CDs/DATA DVDs, you can search for a particular point only on MP3 audio track or DivX video file. Locating a point quickly using the previous/next buttons (Search) You can search for the next or previous chapter, track, or scene using ./> on the player. During playback, press > or . once briefly to go to the next or previous chapter/ track/scene. Or, press and hold > or . to search forward or backwards, and release the button when you find the point you want to return to normal playback. (Search) Locating a point quickly by playing a disc in fast forward or fast reverse (Scan) Press m or M while playing a disc. When you find the point you want, press H to return to normal speed. Each time you press m or M during scan, the scan speed changes. With each press the indication changes as shown below. Actual speeds may differ between discs. Playback direction Opposite direction * DivX video only The “×2B”/ “×2b” playback speed is about twice the normal speed. The “3M”/“3m” playback speed is faster than “2M”/“2m” and the “2M”/“2m” playback speed is faster than “1M”/ “1m.” (step) (step) ×2B t 1M t 2M t 3M 3M (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode/VIDEO CD/ DATA CD*/DATA DVD* only) ×2B (DVD VIDEO/CD only) ×2b t 1m t 2m t 3m 3m (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode/VIDEO CD/ DATA CD*/DATA DVD* only) ×2b (DVD VIDEO only) ,continued 34 Watching frame by frame (Slow-motion Play) Press m or M when the player is in pause mode. To return to normal speed, press H. Each time you press m or M during Slow-motion Play, the playback speed changes. Two speeds are available. With each press the indication changes as follows: Playback direction 2 y 1 Opposite direction (DVD/DVD-VR mode only) 2 y 1 The “2 y”/“2 ” playback speed is slower than “1 y”/“1 .” Note For DATA CDs/DATA DVDs, this function works only for DivX video files. Playing one frame at a time (Freeze Frame) When the player is in the pause mode, press (step) to go to the next frame. Press (step) to go to the preceding frame (DVD/DVD-VR mode only). To return to normal playback, press H. Notes • You cannot search for a still picture on a DVD- RW/DVD-R in VR mode. • For DATA CDs/DATA DVDs, this function works only for DivX video files. Searching for a Title/ Chapter/Track/Scene, etc. You can search a DVD by title or chapter, and you can search a VIDEO CD/CD/DATA CD/ DATA DVD by track, index, file, or scene. As titles and tracks are assigned unique numbers on the disc, you can select the desired one by entering its number. You can also search for a scene using the time code. 1 Press DISPLAY (when playing a DATA CD or DATA DVD with JPEG image files, press twice.) The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select a search method. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode disc TITLE CHAPTER TIME/TEXT Select “TIME/TEXT” to search for a starting point by inputting the time code. ENTER DISPLAY CLEAR Number buttons 35 Searching for a Scene ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or Super VCD without PBC playback TRACK INDEX ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or Super VCD with PBC Playback SCENE ◆ When playing a CD TRACK ◆ When playing a DATA CD/DATA DVD ALBUM TRACK (MP3 audio tracks only) FILE (JPEG image files only) ◆ When playing a DATA CD (DivX video files)/DATA DVD (DivX video files) ALBUM FILE Example: when you select CHAPTER “** (**)” is selected (** refers to a number). The number in parentheses indicates the total number of titles, chapters, tracks, indexes, scenes, albums or files. 3 Press ENTER. “** (**)” changes to “-- (**).” 4 Press the number buttons to select the title, chapter, track, index, scene, etc., number you want to search. If you make a mistake Cancel the number by pressing CLEAR, then select another number. 5 Press ENTER. The player starts playback from the selected number. To search for a scene using the time code (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode only) 1 In step 2, select TIME/TEXT. “T **:**:**” (playing time of the current title) is selected. 2 Press ENTER. “T **:**:**” changes to “T --:--:--.” 3 Input the time code using the number buttons, then press ENTER. For example, to find the scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes and 20 seconds after the beginning, just enter “2:10:20.” z Hints • When the Control Menu display is turned off, you can search for a chapter (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode), track (CD/DATA CD/DATA DVD), or file (DATA CD (DivX video))/DATA DVD (DivX video)) by pressing the number buttons and ENTER. • You can display the first scene of titles, chapters, or tracks recorded on the disc on a screen divided into 9 sections. You can start playback directly by selecting one of the scenes. For details, see “Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION)” (page 36). Notes • The title, chapter, or track number displayed is the same number recorded on the disc. • You cannot search for a scene on a DVD+RW/ DVD+R using the time code. PLAY 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) DVD VIDEO T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 Selected row PLAY DVD VIDEO 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 ( 3 4 ) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-9 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 36 Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) You can divide the screen into 9 subscreens and find the desired scene quickly. 1 Press PICTURE NAVI during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press PICTURE NAVI repeatedly to select an item. • CHAPTER VIEWER (DVD VIDEO only): displays the first scene of each chapter. • TITLE VIEWER (DVD VIDEO only): displays the first scene of each title. • TRACK VIEWER (VIDEO CD/ Super VCD only): displays the first scene of each track. 3 Press ENTER. The first scene of each chapter, title, or track appears as follows. 4 Press C/X/x/c to select a chapter, title, or track, and press ENTER. Playback starts from the selected scene. To return to normal play during setting Press O RETURN or DISPLAY. z Hint If there are more than 9 chapters, titles, or tracks, V is displayed at the bottom right of the screen. To display the additional chapters, titles, or tracks, select the bottom scenes and press x. To return to the previous scene, select the top scenes and press X. Note Depending on the disc, you may not be able to select some items. DISPLAY PICTURE NAVI RETURN ENTER CHAPTER VIEWER ENTER 1 4 7 2 5 8 3 6 9 37 Viewing Information About the Disc Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the Playing Time and Remaining Time You can check the playing time and remaining time of the current title, chapter, or track. Also, you can check the DVD/CD text, track name (MP3 audio), or file name (DivX video) recorded on the disc. 1 Press TIME/TEXT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly to change the time information. The available time information depends upon the type of disc you are playing. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD-VR mode disc • T *:*:* (hours: minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current title • T–*:*:* Remaining time of the current title • C *:*:* Playing time of the current chapter • C–*:*:* Remaining time of the current chapter ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or Super VCD (with PBC functions) • *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current scene ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions), or CD • T *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track • T–*:* Remaining time of the current track • D *:* Playing time of the current disc • D–*:* Remaining time of the current disc ◆ When playing a Super VCD (without PBC functions) • T *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track ◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) or DATA DVD (MP3 audio) • T *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track ◆ When playing a DATA CD (DivX video) or DATA DVD (DivX video) • *:*:* (hours: minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current file TIME/TEXT T 1:01:57 Time information ,continued 38 Checking the play information of the disc To check the DVD/CD text Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly in step 2 to display text recorded on the DVD/CD. The DVD/CD text appears only when text is recorded in the disc. You cannot change the text. If the disc does not contain text, “NO TEXT” appears. To check DATA CD (MP3 audio or DivX video)/DATA DVD (MP3 audio or DivX video) album name, etc. By pressing TIME/TEXT while playing MP3 audio tracks or DivX video files on a DATA CD/DATA DVD, you can display the name of the album/track/file and the audio bit rate (the amount of data per second of the current audio track) on your TV screen. * Appears when: – playing an MP3 audio track on a DATA CD/ DATA DVD. – playing a DivX video file that contains MP3 audio on a DATA CD/DATA DVD. Checking the information on the front panel display You can view the time information and text displayed on the TV screen also on the front panel display. The information on the front panel display changes as follows when you change the time information on your TV screen. When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD-VR mode disc BRAHMS SYMPHONY T 17:30 128k JAZZ RIVER SIDE Bit rate* Album name Track/file name Playing time of the current title Remaining time of the current title Playing time of the current chapter Remaining time of the current chapter Text Current title and chapter number (returns to top automatically) 39 Viewing Information About the Disc When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio)/ DATA DVD (MP3 audio) When playing a DATA CD (DivX video)/ DATA DVD (DivX video) When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions), or CD z Hints • When playing VIDEO CDs without PBC functions, the track number and the index number are displayed after the text. • When playing VIDEO CDs with PBC functions, the scene number or the playing time are displayed. • Long text that does not fit in a single line will scroll across the front panel display. • You can also check the time information and text using the Control Menu (page 12). Notes • Depending on the type of disc being played, the disc text or track name may not be displayed. • The player can only display the first level of the disc text, such as the disc name or title. • Playing time of MP3 audio tracks and DivX video files may not be displayed correctly. • If you play a disc containing JPEG image files only, “NO AUDIO DATA” appears when “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUTO,” “JPEG” appears when “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “IMAGE (JPEG)” in the front panel display. Playing time and number of the current track Track name Current album and track number (returns to top automatically) Playing time of the current file The current file name The current album and file number (returns to top automatically) Playing time and number of the current track Remaining time of the current track Remaining time of the disc Text Playing time of the disc www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-10 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 40 Sound Adjustments Changing the Sound When playing a DVD VIDEO or DATA CD (DivX video files)/DATA DVD (DivX video files) recorded in multiple audio formats (PCM, Dolby Digital, MPEG audio, or DTS), you can change the audio format. If the DVD VIDEO is recorded with multilingual tracks, you can also change the language. With CDs, DATA CDs, DATA DVDs or VIDEO CDs, you can select the sound from either the right or left channel and listen to the sound of the selected channel through both the right and left speakers. For example, when playing a disc containing a song with the vocals on the right channel and the instruments on the left channel, you can hear the instruments from both speakers by selecting the left channel. 1 Press (audio) during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press (audio) repeatedly to select the desired audio signal. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. See “Language Code List” on page 79 to see which language the code represents. When the same language is displayed two or more times, the DVD VIDEO is recorded in multiple audio formats. ◆ When playing a DVD-VR mode disc The types of sound tracks recorded on a disc are displayed. The default setting is underlined. Example: • 1: MAIN (main sound) • 1: SUB (sub sound) • 1: MAIN+SUB (main and sub sound) ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, CD, DATA CD (MP3 audio) or DATA DVD (MP3 audio) The default setting is underlined. • STEREO: the standard stereo sound • 1/L: the sound of the left channel (monaural) • 2/R: the sound of the right channel (monaural) ◆ When playing a DATA CD (DivX video), or DATA DVD (DivX video) Select one of the displayed audio signal formats. If “No audio data” appears, the player does not support the audio signal format contained in the disc. ◆ When playing a Super VCD The default setting is underlined. • 1:STEREO: the stereo sound of the audio track 1 • 1:1/L: the sound of the left channel of the audio track 1 (monaural) • 1:2/R: the sound of the right channel of the audio track 1 (monaural) • 2:STEREO: the stereo sound of the audio track 2 • 2:1/L: the sound of the left channel of the audio track 2 (monaural) • 2:2/R: the sound of the right channel of the audio track 2 (monaural) Notes • While playing a Super VCD on which the audio track 2 is not recorded, no sound will come out when you select “2:STEREO,” “2:1/L,” or “2:2/ R.” 1:ENGLISH DOLBY DIGITAL 3/2.1 41 Sound Adjustments • When playing DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode: If you connect to an AV amplifier (receiver) using the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)/ HDMI OUT jack and want to switch between the sound tracks, set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “D- PCM” in “AUDIO SETUP.” Checking the audio signal format You can check the audio signal format by pressing (audio) repeatedly during playback. The format of the current audio signal (Dolby Digital, DTS, PCM, etc.) appears as shown below. ◆When playing a DVD VIDEO Example: Dolby Digital 5.1 ch Example: Dolby Digital 3 ch ◆When playing a DivX video file on a DATA CD or a DATA DVD Example: MP3 audio About audio signals Audio signals recorded in a disc contain the sound elements (channels) shown below. Each channel is output from a separate speaker. • Front (L) • Front (R) • Centre • Rear (L) • Rear (R) • Rear (Monaural): This signal can be either the Dolby Surround Sound processed signals or the Dolby Digital sound’s monaural rear audio signals. • LFE (Low Frequency Effect) signal Note If “DTS” in “AUDIO SETUP” is set to “OFF,” the DTS track selection option will not appear on the screen even if the disc contains DTS tracks (page 71). 1:ENGLISH DOLBY DIGITAL 3 / 2 .1 Rear (L/R) Front (L/R) + Center LFE (Low Frequency Effect) 2:SPANISH DOLBY DIGITAL 2 / 1 Front (L/R) Rear (Monaural) 1: MP3 128k Bit rate 42 TV Virtual Surround Settings (TVS) When you connect a stereo TV or 2 front speakers, TVS (TV Virtual Surround) lets you enjoy surround sound effects by using sound imaging to create virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L: left, R: right) without using actual rear speakers. TVS was developed by Sony to produce surround sound for home use using just a stereo TV. This only works when playing a multichannel Dolby audio sound track. If the player is set up to output the signal from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/HDMI OUT jack, the surround effect will only be heard when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-PCM” and “MPEG” is set to “PCM” in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 70). 1 Press SUR during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press SUR repeatedly to select one of the TVS sounds. See the explanations given for each item in the following section. • TVS DYNAMIC THEATER • TVS DYNAMIC • TVS WIDE • TVS NIGHT • TVS STANDARD To cancel the setting Select “OFF” in step 2. ◆TVS DYNAMIC THEATER Creates one set of LARGE virtual rear speakers and virtual subwoofer from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers and subwoofer (shown below). This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. ◆TVS DYNAMIC Creates one set of virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers (shown below). This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. ◆TVS WIDE Creates five sets of virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers (shown below). This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. SUR TVS DYNAMIC THEATER TV Sub woofer TV TV 43 Sound Adjustments ◆TVS NIGHT Large sounds, such as explosions, are suppressed, but quieter sounds are unaffected. This feature is useful when you want to hear the dialogue and enjoy the surround sound effects of “TVS WIDE” at low volume. ◆TVS STANDARD Creates three sets of virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers (shown below). Use this setting when you want to use TVS with 2 separate speakers. Notes • When you select one of the TVS modes, turn off the surround setting of the connected TV or amplifier (receiver). • Not all discs will respond to the “TVS NIGHT” function in the same way. • When the playing signal does not contain a signal for the rear speakers, you cannot hear the TVS effect. • When you select one of the TVS modes, the player does not output the sound of centre speaker. • Make sure that your listening position is between and at an equal distance from your speakers, and that the speakers are located in similar surroundings. • If you use the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/HDMI OUT jack and set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG” to “MPEG,” and “DTS” to “ON,” in “AUDIO SETUP”, sound will come from your speakers but it will not have the SURROUND effect. • The TVS effects do not work when using the Fast Play or Slow Play functions, even though you can change the TVS modes. L: Front speaker (left) R: Front speaker (right) : Virtual speaker L R www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-11 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 44 Enjoying Movies Changing the Angles If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the DVD VIDEO, “ ” appears in the front panel display. This means that you can change the viewing angle. 1 Press (angle) during playback. The number of the angle appears on the display. 2 Press (angle) repeatedly to select an angle number. The scene changes to the selected angle. Note Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be able to change the angles even if multi-angles are recorded on the DVD VIDEO. Displaying the Subtitles If subtitles are recorded on the discs, you can change the subtitles or turn them on and off whenever you want while playing the disc. 1 Press (subtitle) during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press (subtitle) repeatedly to select a setting. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO Select the language. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. See “Language Code List” on page 79 to see which language the code represents. ◆ When playing a DVD-VR mode disc Select “ON.” 2 1:ENGLISH 45 Enjoying Movies ◆ When playing a DATA CD (DivX video), or DATA DVD (DivX video) Select the displayed language. To turn off the subtitles Select “OFF” in step 2. Notes • Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be able to change the subtitles even if multilingual subtitles are recorded on it. You also may not be able to turn them off. • You can change the subtitles if the DivX video file has an “.AVI” or “.DIVX” extension and contains subtitle information within the same file. • While playing a disc with subtitles, the subtitle may disappear when you press FAST PLAY or SLOW PLAY button. Adjusting the Playback Picture (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE) You can adjust the video signal of the DVD, VIDEO CD, DATA CD/DATA DVD in JPEG format, or DATA CD/DATA DVD containing DivX video files from the player to obtain the picture quality you want. Choose the setting that best suits the programme you are watching. When you select “MEMORY,” you can make further adjustments to each element of the picture (colour, brightness, etc.). 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE), then press ENTER. The options for “CUSTOM PICTURE MODE” appear. DISPLAY RETURN ENTER DVD VIDEO DYNAMIC 1 DYNAMIC 2 CINEMA 1 CINEMA 2 MEMORY STANDARD STANDARD ,continued 46 3 Press X/x to select the setting you want. The default setting is underlined. • STANDARD: displays a standard picture. • DYNAMIC 1: produces a bold dynamic picture by increasing the picture contrast and the colour intensity. • DYNAMIC 2: produces a more dynamic picture than DYNAMIC 1 by further increasing the picture contrast and colour intensity. • CINEMA 1: enhances details in dark areas by increasing the black level. • CINEMA 2: white colours become brighter and black colours become richer, and the colour contrast is increased. • MEMORY: adjusts the picture in greater detail. 4 Press ENTER. The selected setting takes effect. z Hint When you watch a movie, “CINEMA 1” or “CINEMA 2” is recommended. Adjusting the picture items in “MEMORY” You can adjust each element of the picture individually. • PICTURE: changes the contrast • BRIGHTNESS: changes the overall brightness • COLOR: makes the colours deeper or lighter • HUE: changes the colour balance 1 In step 3 of “Adjusting the Playback Picture,” select “MEMORY” and press ENTER. The “PICTURE” adjustment bar appears. 2 Press C/c to adjust the picture contrast. To go to the next or previous picture item without saving the current setting, press X/x. 3 Press ENTER. The adjustment is saved, and “BRIGHTNESS” adjustment bar appears. 4 Repeat step 2 and 3 to adjust “BRIGHTNESS,” “COLOR,” and “HUE.” To turn off the display Press O RETURN , or DISPLAY. Note The “BRIGHTNESS” setting is not effective if you connect the player via the LINE OUT (VIDEO), S VIDEO OUT, or LINE (RGB)-TV jack, and select “PROGRESSIVE AUTO” or “PROGRESSIVE VIDEO” by using the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel. 8 ( 3 ) C 0 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PICTURE 0 ENTER RETURN 47 Enjoying Movies Sharpening the Picture (SHARPNESS) You can enhance the outlines of images to produce a sharper picture. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SHARPNESS), then press ENTER. The options for “SHARPNESS” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a level. • 1: enhances the outline. • 2: enhances the outline more than 1. 4 Press ENTER. The selected setting takes effect. To cancel the “SHARPNESS” setting Select “OFF” in step 3. Note This setting is not effective if you connect the player via the LINE OUT (VIDEO), S VIDEO OUT, or LINE (RGB)-TV jack, and select “PROGRESSIVE AUTO” or “PROGRESSIVE VIDEO” by using the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel. ENTER DISPLAY DVD VIDEO 1 2 OFF OFF www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-12 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 48 Adjusting the Picture Quality (BNR, MNR) You can adjust the picture quality by “BNR” (Block Noise Reduction) or “MNR” (Mosquito Noise Reduction) Adjusting the BNR The “BNR” function adjusts the picture quality by reducing the “block noise” or mosaic like patterns that appear on your TV screen. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (BNR), then press ENTER. The options for “BNR” appear. 3 Press X/x to select the setting. • OFF: To cancel the “BNR” effect. • ON: To turn on the “BNR” effect. 4 Press ENTER. The disc plays with the setting you selected. To cancel the “BNR” setting Select “OFF” in step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Notes • If the outlines of the images on your screen should become blurred, set “BNR” to “OFF.” • Depending on the disc or the scene being played, there may be no “BNR” effect, or it may be hard to discern. Adjusting the MNR The “MNR” function adjusts the picture quality by reducing the faint noise appearing around the outlines of the images. The noise reduction effects are automatically adjusted within each setting range according to the video bit rate and other factors. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (MNR), then press ENTER. The options for “MNR” appear. 3 Press X/x to select the setting. • OFF: To cancel the “MNR” effect. • ON: To turn on the “MNR” effect. ENTER DISPLAY OFF ON DVD VIDEO OFF OFF ON DVD VIDEO OFF 49 Enjoying Movies 4 Press ENTER. The disc plays with the setting you selected. To cancel the “MNR” setting Select “OFF” in step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Notes • If the outlines of the images on your screen should become blurred, set “MNR” to “OFF.” • Depending on the disc or the scene being played, there may be no “MNR” effect, or it may be hard to discern. Adjusting the Delay Between the Picture and Sound (AV SYNC) When the sound does not match the pictures on the screen, you can adjust the delay between the picture and sound. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (AV SYNC), then press ENTER. The following display appears. 3 Press x to select “SET c”, then press ENTER. The “AV SYNC” adjustment bar appears. ENTER DISPLAY CLEAR 0 ms SET STOP DVD VIDEO ,continued 50 4 Press c repeatedly to adjust the delay. Each time you press C/c, the delay is adjusted by 10 milliseconds. 5 Press ENTER. The selected setting takes effect. To reset the “AV SYNC” setting Press CLEAR in step 4. Notes • This function is not effective if you use the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack, and set “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG” or “DTS” in AUDIO SETUP to “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG” or “ON” respectively (page 70). • This function is not effective if you connect a Dolby Digital or DTS-compliant device via the HDMI OUT jack, and set “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG” or “DTS” in AUDIO SETUP to “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG” or “ON” respectively (page 70). • For DATA CDs/DATA DVDs, this function works only for DivX video files. AV SYNC 0ms 51 Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images About MP3 Audio Tracks and JPEG Image Files MP3 is audio compression technology that satisfies the ISO/IEC MPEG regulations. JPEG is image compression technology. You can play DATA CDs/DATA DVD that contain MP3 audio tracks or JPEG image files. DATA CDs/DATA DVDs that the player can play You can play back DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/ CD-Rs/CD-RWs) or DATA DVDs (DVD- ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs) recorded in MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer III) and JPEG format. However, the discs must be recorded according to ISO 9660 Level 1/ Level 2 or Joliet format and DATA DVDs of Universal Disk Format (UDF) for the player to recognize the tracks (or files). Refer to the instructions supplied with the CD-R/CD-RW drives and the recording software (not supplied) for details on the recording format. Note The player may not be able to play some DATA CDs/DATA DVDs created in the Packet Write format. MP3 audio track or JPEG image file that the player can play The player can play the following tracks and files: – MP3 audio tracks with the extension “.MP3.” – JPEG image files with the extension “.JPEG” or “.JPG.” – JPEG image files that conform to the DCF* image file format. * “Design rule for Camera File system”: Image standards for digital cameras regulated by JEITA (Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association). Notes • The player will play any data with the extension “.MP3,” “.JPG,” or “.JPEG,” even if they are not in MP3 or JPEG format. Playing these data may generate a loud noise which could damage your speaker system. • The player does not conform to audio tracks in mp3PRO format. • Some JPEG files cannot be played. • You cannot play MP3 audio tracks/JPEG image files in DATA CDs/DATA DVDs that contain DivX video files. About playback order of albums, tracks, and files Albums play in the following order: ◆Structure of disc contents ROOT Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4 Tree 5 Album Track (MP3 audio) or file (JPEG image) ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-13 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 52 When you insert a DATA CD/DATA DVD and press H, the numbered tracks (or files) are played sequentially, from 1 through 7. Any sub-albums/tracks (or files) contained within a currently selected album take priority over the next album in the same tree. (Example: C contains D so 4 is played before 5.) When you press MENU and the list of album names appears (page 53), the album names are arranged in the following order: A t B t C t D t F t G. Albums that do not contain tracks (or files) (such as album E) do not appear in the list. z Hints • If you add numbers (01, 02, 03, etc.) to the front of the track/file names when you store the tracks (or files) in a disc, the tracks and files will be played in that order. • Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start playback, it is recommended that you create albums with no more than two trees. Notes • Depending on the software you use to create the DATA CD/DATA DVD, the playback order may differ from the above illustration. • The playback order above may not be applicable if there are more than 200 albums and 300 tracks/ files in each album. • The player can recognize up to 200 albums (the player will count just albums, including albums that do not contain MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files). The player will not play any albums beyond the 200th album. • Proceeding to the next or another album may take some time. Playing MP3 Audio Tracks or JPEG Image Files You can play MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files on DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD- Rs/CD-RWs) or DATA DVDs (DVD-ROMs/ DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs). z Hint You can view the disc information while playing MP3 audio tracks (page 37). Notes • DATA CDs recorded in KODAK Picture CD format automatically start playing when inserted. • If no MP3 audio track or JPEG image file is recorded on the DATA CD/DATA DVD, “No audio data” or “No image data” appears on the screen. PICTURE NAVI RETURN ENTER CLEAR ZOOM MENU 53 Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images Selecting an album 1 Press MENU. The list of albums on the disc appears. When an album is being played, its title is shaded. 2 Press X/x to select the album you want to play. 3 Press H. Playback starts from the selected album. To select MP3 audio tracks, see “Selecting an MP3 audio track” (page 53). To select JPEG image files, see “Selecting a JPEG image file” (page 54). To stop playback Press x. To go to the next or previous page Press c or C. To turn on or off the display Press MENU repeatedly. z Hint Of the selected album, you can select to play only the MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, or both, by setting “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” (page 55). Selecting an MP3 audio track 1 After step 2 of “Selecting an album,” press ENTER. The list of tracks in the album appears. 2 Press X/x to select a track, and press ENTER. Playback starts from the selected track. To stop playback Press x. To go to the next or previous page Press c or C. To return to the previous display Press O RETURN. To go to the next or previous MP3 audio track Press > or . during playback. You can select the first track of the next album by pressing > during playback of the last track of the current album. Note that you cannot return to the previous album by using ., and that you need to select the previous album from the album list. 3 ( 3 0 ) R O C K B E S T H I T K A R A O K E M Y F A V O U R I T E S O N G R & B J A Z Z C L A S S I C S A L S A O F C U B A B O S S A N O V A M Y F A V O U R I T E S O N G 1 ( 2 5 6 ) W A L T Z F O R D E B B Y M Y R O M A N C E M I L E S T O N E S M Y F U N N Y V A L E N T I N E A U T U M L E A V E S A L L B L U E S S O M E D A Y M Y P R I N C E W... ,continued 54 Selecting a JPEG image file 1 After step 2 of “Selecting an album,” press PICTURE NAVI. The image files in the album appear in 16 subscreens. A scroll box is displayed on the right. To display the additional image, select the bottom images and press x. To return to the previous image, select the top images and press X. 2 Press C/X/x/c to select the image you want to view, and press ENTER. The selected image appears. Example To go to the next or previous JPEG image file Press C or c during playback. You can select the first file of the next album by pressing c during playback of the last file of the current album. Note that you cannot return to the previous album by using C, and that you need to select the previous album from the album list. To rotate a JPEG image Press X/x while viewing the image. Each time you press X, the image rotates counterclockwise by 90 degrees. To return to normal view, press CLEAR. Note that the view also returns to normal if you press C/c to go to the next or previous image. Example: when X is pressed once. To magnify a JPEG image (ZOOM) Press ZOOM while viewing the image. You can enlarge the image up to four times the original size, and scroll using C/X/x/c. To return to normal view, press CLEAR. ◆When pressed once (x2) The image enlarges twice the original size. ◆When pressed twice (x4) The image enlarges four times the original size. To stop viewing the JPEG image Press x. z Hints • While viewing JPEG image files, you can set options such as “INTERVAL” (page 56), “EFFECT” (page 56), and “SHARPNESS” (page 47). • You can view JPEG images files without MP3 audio by setting “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” to “IMAGE (JPEG)” (page 55). • The date the picture was taken is displayed beside “DATE” in the Control Menu (page 12). Note that no date may appear depending on the digital camera. Note PICTURE NAVI does not work if “AUDIO (MP3)” is selected in “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” (page 55). 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 Rotating direction 55 Enjoying MP3 Audio and JPEG Images Enjoying JPEG Images as a Slide Show You can play JPEG image files on a DATA CD or DATA DVD successively as a slide show. 1 Press MENU. The list of albums on the DATA CD/ DATA DVD appears. 2 Press X/x to select an album. 3 Press H. The JPEG images in the selected album start playing as a slide show. To stop playback Press x. Notes • The slide show stops when X/x or ZOOM is pressed. To resume the slide show, press H. • This function does not work if “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUDIO (MP3)” (page 55). Viewing a slide show with sound (MODE (MP3, JPEG)) When JPEG image files and MP3 audio tracks are placed in the same album, you can enjoy a slide show with sound. 1 Press DISPLAY during stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (MODE (MP3, JPEG)), and press ENTER. The options for “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “AUTO” (default), and press ENTER. • AUTO: plays both the JPEG image files and MP3 audio tracks in the same album as a slide show. • AUDIO (MP3): plays only MP3 audio tracks continuously. • IMAGE (JPEG): plays only JPEG image files continuously. 4 Press MENU. The list of albums on the DATA CD/ DATA DVD appears. 5 Press X/x to select the album that contains both the MP3 audio tracks and JPEG images you want to play. 6 Press H. A slide show starts with sound. ENTER MENU DISPLAY 3 ( 3 0 ) R O C K B E S T H I T K A R A O K E M Y F A V O U R I T E S O N G R & B J A Z Z C L A S S I C S A L S A O F C U B A B O S S A N O V A DATA CD MP3 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 3 2 : 5 5 IMAGE (JPEG) AUDIO (MP3) AUTO AUTO 3 ( 3 0 ) R O C K B E S T H I T K A R A O K E M Y F A V O U R I T E S O N G R & B J A Z Z C L A S S I C S A L S A O F C U B A B O S S A N O V A ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-14 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 56 z Hints • To repeat both MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files in a single album, repeat the same MP3 audio track or album when “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUTO.” See “Playing repeatedly (Repeat Play)” (page 31) to repeat the track or album. • The player recognizes a maximum of 200 albums regardless of the selected mode. Of each album, the player recognizes up to 300 MP3 audio tracks and 300 JPEG image files when “AUTO” is selected, 600 MP3 audio tracks when “AUDIO (MP3)” is selected, 600 JPEG image files when “IMAGE (JPEG)” is selected. Notes • This function does not work if the MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files are not placed in the same album. • If playing time of JPEG image or MP3 audio is longer than the other, the longer one continues without sound or image. • If you play large MP3 track data and JPEG image data at the same time, the sound may skip. It is recommended that you set the MP3 bit rate to 128 kbps or lower when creating the file. If the sound still skips, then reduce the size of the JPEG file. Setting the pace for a slide show (INTERVAL) You can set the time the slides are displayed on the screen. 1 Press DISPLAY twice while viewing a JPEG image or when the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (INTERVAL), then press ENTER. The options for “INTERVAL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a setting. The default setting is underlined. • NORMAL: sets the duration to between 6 to 9 seconds. • FAST: sets a duration shorter than NORMAL. • SLOW 1: sets a duration longer than NORMAL. • SLOW 2: sets a duration longer than SLOW 1. 4 Press ENTER. Note Some JPEG files, especially progressive JPEG files or JPEG files of 3,000,000 pixels or more, may take longer to display than others, which may make the duration seem longer than the setting you selected. Selecting the slides’ appearance (EFFECT) You can select the way the slides are displayed during a slide show. 1 Press DISPLAY twice while viewing a JPEG image or when the player is in stop mode. 2 Press X/x to select (EFFECT), then press ENTER. The options for “EFFECT” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a setting. The default setting is underlined. • MODE 1: the image sweeps in from top to bottom. • MODE 2: the image sweeps in from left to right. • MODE 3: the image stretches out from the centre of the screen. • MODE 4: the images randomly cycle through the effects. • MODE 5: the next image slides over the previous image. • OFF: turns off this function. 4 Press ENTER. 2 9 / 1 0 / 2 0 0 6 1( NORMAL DATA CD JPEG NORMAL FAST SLOW 1 SLOW 2 4) 3 ( 12) 2 3 / 1 0 / 2 0 0 6 1( MODE 1 DATA CD JPEG MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 OFF 4) 3 ( 12) 57 Enjoying DivX® Videos Enjoying DivX® Videos About DivX Video Files DivX® is a video file compression technology, developed by DivX, Inc. This product is an official DivX® Certified product. You can play DATA CDs and DATA DVDs that contain DivX video files. DATA CDs and DATA DVDs that the player can play Playback of DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/ CD-RWs) and DATA DVDs (DVD-ROMs/ DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs) on this player is subject to certain conditions: – With DATA CDs/DATA DVDs that contain DivX video files in addition to MP3 audio tracks or JPEG image files, the player plays only the DivX video files. However, this player only plays DATA CDs whose logical format is ISO 9660 Level 1/ Level 2 or Joliet, and DATA DVDs of Universal Disk Format (UDF). Refer to the instructions supplied with the disc drives and the recording software (not supplied) for details on the recording format. About playback order of data on DATA CDs or DATA DVDs See “About playback order of albums, tracks, and files” (page 51). Note that the playback order may not be applicable, depending on the software used for creating the DivX video file, or if there are more than 200 albums and 600 DivX video files in each album. Note The player may not be able to play some DATA CDs/DATA DVDs created in the Packet Write format. DivX video files that the player can play The player can play data that is recorded in DivX format, and which has the extension “.AVI” or “.DIVX.” The player will not play files with the extension “.AVI” or “.DIVX” if they do not contain a DivX video. z Hint For details about playable MP3 audio tracks or JPEG image files on DATA CDs/DATA DVDs, see “DATA CDs/DATA DVDs that the player can play” (page 51). Notes • The player may not play a DivX video file when the file has been combined from two or more DivX video files. • The player cannot play a DivX video file of size more than 720 (width) × 576 (height)/2 GB. • Depending on the DivX video file, the picture may be unclear or the sound may skip. • The player cannot play some DivX video files that are longer than 3 hours. 58 Playing DivX Video Files You can play DivX video files on DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs) and DATA DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/ DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs). z Hint You can view the disc information while playing a DivX video file (page 37). Notes • If there are no DivX video files recorded on the DATA CD/DATA DVD, a message appears to indicate that the disc is not playable. • Depending on the DivX video file, the picture may pause or be unclear. In which case, it is recommended that you create the file at a lower bit rate. If the sound is still noisy, MP3 is the recommended audio format. Note, however, this player does not conform to WMA (Windows Media Audio) format. • Because of the compression technology used for DivX video files, it may take some time after you press H (play) for the picture to appear. • Depending on the DivX video file, the sound may not match the pictures on the screen. Selecting an album 1 Press MENU. A list of albums on the disc appears. Only albums that contain DivX video files are listed. 2 Press X/x to select the album you want to play. 3 Press H. Playback starts from the selected album. To select DivX video files, see “Selecting a DivX video file” (page 59). To stop playback Press x. To go to the next or previous page Press C or c. To turn the display on or off Press MENU repeatedly. RETURN ENTER MENU 3 ( 3 ) S U M M E R 2 0 0 3 N E W Y E A R ' S D A Y M Y F A V O U R I T E S 59 Enjoying DivX® Videos Selecting a DivX video file 1 After step 2 of “Selecting an album,” press ENTER. The list of files in the album appears. 2 Press X/x to select a file, and press ENTER. The selected file starts playing. To stop playback Press x. To go to the next or previous page Press C or c. To return to the previous display Press O RETURN. To go to the next or previous DivX video file without turning on the above file list You can select the next or previous DivX video file in the same album by pressing > or .. You can also select the first file of the next album by pressing > during playback of the last file of the current album. Note that you cannot return to the previous album by using .. To return to the previous album, select it from the album list. z Hint If the number of viewing times is preset, you can play the DivX video files as many times as the preset number. The following occurrences are counted: – when the player is turned off. This includes when the player is automatically turned off by the Auto Power Off function. Press X instead of x when you want to stop viewing – when the disc tray is opened. – when another file is played. M Y F A V O U R I T E S 1 ( 2 ) H A W A I I V E N U S www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-15 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 60 Using Various Additional Functions Locking Discs (CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL, PARENTAL CONTROL) You can set two kinds of playback restrictions for a disc. • Custom Parental Control You can set playback restrictions so that the player will not play inappropriate discs. • Parental Control Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. Scenes may be blocked or replaced with different scenes. The same password is used for both Parental Control and Custom Parental Control. Custom Parental Control You can set the same Custom Parental Control password for up to 40 discs. When you set the 41st-disc, the first disc is cancelled. 1 Insert the disc you want to lock. If the disc is playing, press x to stop playback. 2 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 3 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 4 Press X/x to select “ON t,” then press ENTER. ◆ If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. ◆ When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. 5 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. “Custom parental control is set.” appears and then the screen returns to the Control Menu. To turn off the Custom Parental Control function 1 Follow steps 1 to 3 of “Custom Parental Control.” 2 Press X/x to select “OFF t,” then press ENTER. 3 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. ENTER DISPLAY Number buttons STOP 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PASSWORD ON PLAYER OFF PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER 61 Using Various Additional Functions To play a disc for which Custom Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc for which Custom Parental Control is set. The “CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL” display appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player is ready for playback. z Hint If you forget your password, enter the 6-digit number “199703” using the number buttons when the “CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL” display asks you for your password, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. Parental Control (limited playback) Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. The “PARENTAL CONTROL” function allows you to set a playback limitation level. 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PLAYER t,” then press ENTER. ◆ If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. ◆ When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for setting the playback limitation level appears. 5 Press X/x to select “STANDARD,” then press ENTER. The selection items for “STANDARD” are displayed. 6 Press X/x to select a geographic area as the playback limitation level, then press ENTER. CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL Custom parental control is already set. To play, enter your password and press . ENTER STOP 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PASSWORD ON PLAYER OFF PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: USA OTHERS ,continued 62 The area is selected. When you select “OTHERS t,” select and enter a standard code in the table on page 79 using the number buttons. 7 Press X/x to select “LEVEL,” then press ENTER. The selection items for “LEVEL” are displayed. 8 Select the level you want using X/x, then press ENTER. Parental Control setting is complete. The lower the value, the stricter the limitation. To turn off the Parental Control function Set “LEVEL” to “OFF” in step 8. To play a disc for which Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc and press H. The display for entering your password appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player starts playback. z Hint If you forget your password, remove the disc and repeat steps 1 to 3 of “Parental Control (limited playback).” When you are asked to enter your password, enter “199703” using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. After you enter a new 4-digit password, replace the disc in the player and press H. When the display for entering your password appears, enter your new password. Notes • When you play discs which do not have the Parental Control function, playback cannot be limited on this player. • Depending on the disc, you may be asked to change the parental control level while playing the disc. In this case, enter your password, then change the level. If the Resume Play mode is cancelled, the level returns to the previous level. Changing the password 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PASSWORD t,” then press ENTER. The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 5 Enter a new 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 6 To confirm your password, re-enter it using the number buttons, then press ENTER. If you make a mistake entering your password Press C before you press ENTER and input the correct number. PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF OFF STANDARD: 8: 7: 6: 5: NC17 R PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: STANDARD: USA 4: PG13 63 Using Various Additional Functions Controlling Your TV with the Supplied Remote You can control the sound level, input source, and power switch of your Sony TV with the supplied remote. You can control your TV using the buttons below. Note Depending on the connected unit, you may not be able to control your TV using all or some of the buttons on the supplied remote. Controlling other TVs with the remote You can control the sound level, input source, and power switch of non-Sony TVs as well. If your TV is listed in the table below, set the appropriate manufacturer’s code. 1 While holding down TV [/1, press the number buttons to select your TV’s manufacturer’s code (see the table below). 2 Release TV [/1. Code numbers of controllable TVs If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your TV. Notes • When you replace the batteries of the remote, the code number you have set may be reset to the default setting. Set the appropriate code number again. • Depending on the connected unit, you may not be able to control your TV using all or some of the buttons on the supplied remote. By pressing You can TV [/1 Turn the TV on or off 2 (volume) +/– Adjust the volume of the TV t (TV/video) Switch the TV’s input source between the TV and other input sources. TV 2 +/– t Number buttons Manufacturer Code number Sony 01 (default) Aiwa 01 (default) Grundig 11 Hitachi 24 JVC 33 LG 06 Loewe 06 Panasonic 17, 49 Philips 06, 08 Samsung 06, 71 Sanyo 25 Sharp 29 Thomson 43 Toshiba 38 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-16 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 65 Settings and Adjustments 6 Press X/x to select a setting, then press ENTER. The setting is selected and setup is complete. Example: “4:3 PAN SCAN” To enter the Quick Setup mode Select “QUICK” in step 3. Follow from step 5 of the Quick Setup explanation to make basic adjustments (page 22). To reset all of the “SETUP” settings 1 Select “RESET” in step 3 and press ENTER. 2 Select “YES” using X/x. You can also quit the process and return to the Control Menu by selecting “NO” here. 3 Press ENTER. All the settings explained on pages 65 to 69 return to the default settings. Do not press [/1 while resetting the player, which takes a few seconds to complete. Setting the Display or Sound Track Language (LANGUAGE SETUP) “LANGUAGE SETUP” allows you to set various languages for the on-screen display or sound track. Select “LANGUAGE SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 64). ◆ OSD (On-Screen Display) Switches the display language on the screen. ◆ MENU (DVD VIDEO only) You can select the desired language for the disc’s menu. ◆ AUDIO (DVD VIDEO only) Switches the language of the sound track. When you select “ORIGINAL,” the language given priority in the disc is selected. ◆ SUBTITLE (DVD VIDEO only) Switches the language of the subtitle recorded on the DVD VIDEO. When you select “AUDIO FOLLOW,” the language for the subtitles changes according to the language you selected for the sound track. z Hint If you select “OTHERS t” in “MENU,” “SUBTITLE,” or “AUDIO,” select and enter a language code from “Language Code List” on page 79 using the number buttons. Note If you select a language in “MENU,” “SUBTITLE,” or “AUDIO” that is not recorded on a DVD VIDEO, one of the recorded languages will be automatically selected. Selected setting SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: HDMI RESOLUTION: YCBCR/RGB (HDMI): 4:3 PAN SCAN AUTO YCBCR SCREEN SAVER: ON BACKGROUND: JACKET PICTURE LINE: VIDEO 4:3 OUTPUT: FULL LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH 66 Settings for the Display (SCREEN SETUP) Choose settings according to the TV to be connected. Select “SCREEN SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 64). The default settings are underlined. ◆ TV TYPE Selects the aspect ratio of the connected TV (4:3 standard or wide). Note Depending on the DVD, “4:3 LETTER BOX” may be selected automatically instead of “4:3 PAN SCAN” or vice versa. ◆ HDMI RESOLUTION Selects the type of video signals output from the HDMI OUT jack. When you select AUTO (default), the player outputs video signals of the highest resolution acceptable for your TV. If the picture is not clear, natural or to your satisfaction, try another option that suits the disc and your TV/projector, etc. For details, refer also to the instruction manual supplied with the TV/projector, etc. Notes • Even when a setting other than “AUTO” is selected and the connected TV cannot accept the resolution, the player automatically adjusts the video signals that are suitable for the TV. • When the HDMI indicator on the front panel lights up, images from the S VIDEO OUT and LINE OUT (VIDEO) jacks are enlarged vertically. (Except when 720 × 480/576p is selected) ◆ YCBCR/RGB (HDMI) Selects the type of HDMI signal output from HDMI OUT jack. Notes • If the playback picture becomes distorted, set “YCBCR” to “RGB.” • If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment with a DVI jack, “RGB” signals will be automatically output even when you select “YCBCR”. 16:9 Select this when you connect a wide-screen TV or a TV with a wide mode function. 4:3 LETTER BOX Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Displays a wide picture with bands on the upper and lower portions of the screen. 4:3 PAN SCAN Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Automatically displays the wide picture on the entire screen and cuts off the portions that do not fit. SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: HDMI RESOLUTION: YCBCR/RGB (HDMI): 16:9 AUTO YCBCR SCREEN SAVER: ON BACKGROUND: JACKET PICTURE LINE: VIDEO 4:3 OUTPUT: FULL 16:9 4:3 LETTER BOX 4:3 PAN SCAN AUTO Normally, select this. 1920×1080i Sends 1920×1080i video signals. 1280×720p Sends 1280×720p video signals. 720×480/576p Sends 720×480p or 720×576p video signals. YCBCR Outputs YCBCR signals. RGB Outputs RGB signals. 67 Settings and Adjustments ◆ SCREEN SAVER The screen saver image appears when you leave the player in pause or stop mode for 15 minutes, or when you play a CD, or DATA CD (MP3 audio)/DATA DVD (MP3 audio) for more than 15 minutes. The screen saver will help prevent your display device from becoming damaged (ghosting). Press H to turn off the screen saver. ◆ BACKGROUND Selects the background colour or picture on the TV screen when the player is in stop mode or while playing a CD, or DATA CD (MP3 audio)/DATA DVD (MP3 audio). ◆ LINE Selects video signals output from the LINE (RGB)-TV jack on the rear panel of the player. Notes • If your TV does not accept S video or the RGB signals, no picture will appear on the TV screen, even if you select “S VIDEO” or “RGB.” Refer to the instructions supplied with your TV. • If your TV has only one SCART (EURO AV) jack, do not select “S VIDEO.” • When you select “RGB,” you cannot use the PROGRESSIVE button or the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. • You cannot select “RGB” while the HDMI indicator is lit. “RGB” automatically switches to “VIDEO” when you turn on any connected HDMI equipment. ◆ 4:3 OUTPUT This setting is effective only when you set “TV TYPE” in “SCREEN SETUP” to “16:9.” Adjust this to watch 4:3 aspect ratio progressive signals. If you can change the aspect ratio on your progressive format (525p/625p) compatible TV, change the setting on your TV, not the player. This setting is effective only when “PROGRESSIVE AUTO” or “PROGRESSIVE VIDEO” is selected by using the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel. ON Turns on the screen saver. OFF Turns off the screen saver. JACKET PICTURE The jacket picture (still picture) appears, but only when the jacket picture is already recorded on the disc (CD- EXTRA, etc.). If the disc does not contain a jacket picture, the “GRAPHICS” picture appears. GRAPHICS A preset picture stored in the player appears. BLUE The background colour is blue. BLACK The background colour is black. VIDEO Outputs video signals. S VIDEO Outputs S video signals. RGB Outputs RGB signals. FULL Select this when you can change the aspect ratio on your TV. NORMAL Select this when you cannot change the aspect ratio on your TV. Shows a 16:9 aspect ratio signal with black bands on left and right sides of the image. 16:9 aspect ratio TV 64 Settings and Adjustments Using the Setup Display By using the Setup Display, you can make various adjustments to items such as picture and sound. You can also set a language for the subtitles and the Setup Display, among other things. For details on each Setup Display item, see pages from 65 to 71. Note Playback settings stored in the disc take priority over the Setup Display settings and not all of the functions described may work. 1 Press DISPLAY when the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SETUP), then press ENTER. The options for “SETUP” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “CUSTOM,” then press ENTER. The Setup Display appears. 4 Press X/x to select the setup item from the displayed list: “LANGUAGE SETUP,” “SCREEN SETUP,” “CUSTOM SETUP,” or “AUDIO SETUP.” Then press ENTER. The Setup item is selected. Example: “SCREEN SETUP” 5 Press X/x to select an item, then press ENTER. The options for the selected item appear. Example: “TV TYPE” ENTER DISPLAY STOP QUICK CUSTOM RESET DVD VIDEO QUICK LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: HDMI RESOLUTION: YCBCR/RGB (HDMI): 16:9 AUTO YCBCR SCREEN SAVER: ON BACKGROUND: JACKET PICTURE LINE: VIDEO 4:3 OUTPUT: FULL Selected item Setup items SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: HDMI RESOLUTION: YCBCR/RGB (HDMI): 16:9 4:3 LETTER BOX SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 PAN SCAN JACKET PICTURE LINE: 4:3 OUTPUT: VIDEO FULL 16:9 Options www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-17 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 68 Custom Settings (CUSTOM SETUP) Use this to set up playback related and other settings. Select “CUSTOM SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 64). The default settings are underlined. ◆ AUTO POWER OFF Switches the Auto Power Off setting on or off. ◆ AUTO PLAY Switches the Auto Play setting on or off. This function is useful when the player is connected to a timer (not supplied). ◆ DIMMER Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display. ◆ PAUSE MODE (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode only) Selects the picture in pause mode. ◆ TRACK SELECTION (DVD VIDEO only) Gives the sound track which contains the highest number of channels priority when you play a DVD VIDEO on which multiple audio formats (PCM, MPEG audio, DTS, or Dolby Digital format) are recorded. Notes • When you set the item to “AUTO,” the language may change. The “TRACK SELECTION” setting has higher priority than the “AUDIO” settings in “LANGUAGE SETUP” (page 65). • If PCM, DTS, MPEG audio, and Dolby Digital sound tracks have the same number of channels, the player selects PCM, DTS, MPEG, and Dolby Digital audio sound tracks in this order. ◆ MULTI-DISC RESUME (DVD VIDEO/ VIDEO CD only) Switches the Multi-disc Resume setting on or off. Resume playback can be stored in memory for up to 6 different DVD VIDEOs/ VIDEO CDs (page 26). Note If you run Quick Setup, Multi-disc Resume settings stored in memory may return to the default settings. ON The player enters standby mode when left in stop mode for more than 30 minutes. OFF Switches this function off. OFF Switches this function off. ON Automatically starts playback when the player is turned on by a timer (not supplied). BRIGHT Makes the lighting bright. DARK Makes the lighting dark. AUTO DARK Makes the lighting dark if you do not operate the player or remote for a short while. CUSTOM SETUP AUTO PLAY: DIMMER: OFF BRIGHT AUTO PAUSE MODE: OFF TRACK SELECTION: ON AUTO POWER OFF: ON MULTI-DISC RESUME: AUTO AUDIO (HDMI): Registration Code DivX: AUTO The picture, including subjects that move dynamically, is output with no jitter. Normally select this position. FRAME The picture, including subjects that do not move dynamically, is output in high resolution. OFF No priority given. AUTO Priority given. ON Stores the resume setting in memory for up to 6 discs. OFF Does not store the resume setting in memory. Playback restarts at the resume point only for the current disc in the player. 69 Settings and Adjustments ◆ DivX Displays the registration code for this player. For more information, go to http://www.divx.com on the Internet. ◆ AUDIO (HDMI) Selects the type of audio signal output from the HDMI OUT jack. Note A loud noise (or no sound) will be output if you connect the player to a TV that is not compatible with DOLBY DIGITAL/DTS signals and “AUTO” is selected. In this case, select “PCM.” Settings for the Sound (AUDIO SETUP) “AUDIO SETUP” allows you to set the sound according to the playback and connection conditions. Select “AUDIO SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 64). The default settings are underlined. ◆ AUDIO ATT (attenuation) If the playback sound is distorted, set this item to “ON.” The player reduces the audio output level. This function affects the output of the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks – LINE (RGB)-TV jack ◆ AUDIO DRC (Dynamic Range Control) (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode only) Makes the sound clear when the volume is turned down when playing a DVD that conforms to “AUDIO DRC.” This function affects the output from the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks – LINE (RGB)-TV jack – DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/ HDMI OUT jack only when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-PCM” (page 70). AUTO Normally, select this. Outputs audio signals according to the “DIGITAL OUT” settings (page 70). PCM Converts Dolby Digital, or 96 kHz/24 bit PCM signals to 48 kHz/16 bit PCM. OFF Normally, select this position. ON Select this when the playback sound from the speakers is distorted. STANDARD Normally select this position. TV MODE Makes low sounds clear even if you turn the volume down. WIDE RANGE Gives you the feeling of being at a live performance. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: OFF STANDARD ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND AUDIO FILTER: SHARP DOLBY DIGITAL: MPEG: D-PCM PCM DTS: OFF 48kHz/96kHz PCM: 48kHz/16bit ,continued 70 ◆ AUDIO FILTER Selects the digital filter to reduce noise above 22.05 kHz (Sampling frequency (Fs) of the audio source is 44.1 kHz), 24 kHz (Fs is 48 kHz), or 48 kHz (Fs is above 96 kHz). Note There may be little effect by changing the digital filter depending on the disc or playback environment. ◆ DOWNMIX (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode only) Switches the method for mixing down to 2 channels when you play a DVD which has rear sound elements (channels) or is recorded in Dolby Digital format. For details on the rear signal components, see “Checking the audio signal format” (page 41). This function affects the output of the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks – LINE (RGB)-TV jack – DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/ HDMI OUT jack when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-PCM” (page 70). ◆ DIGITAL OUT Selects if audio signals are output via the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/ HDMI OUT jack. Setting the digital output signal Switches the method of outputting audio signals when you connect a component such as an amplifier (receiver) or MD deck with a digital input jack. For connection details, see page 20. Select “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG,” “DTS,” and “48kHz/96kHz PCM” after setting “DIGITAL OUT” to “ON.” If you connect a component that is incompatible with the selected audio signal, a loud noise (or no sound) may be heard from the speakers, risking damage to your ears or speakers. Notes • The AV SYNC function (page 49) is not effective if you use the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack, and set “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG” or “DTS” to “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG” or “ON” respectively. • The AV SYNC function (page 49) is not effective if you connect a Dolby Digital or DTS-compliant device via the HDMI OUT jack, and set “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG” or “DTS” to “DOLBY DIGITAL,” “MPEG” or “ON” respectively. ◆ DOLBY DIGITAL (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode only) Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal. Note If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with DOLBY DIGITAL signals, the “D-PCM” signals will be automatically output even when you select “DOLBY DIGITAL.” SHARP Provides a wide frequency range and spatial feeling. SLOW Provides smooth and warm sound. DOLBY SUR- ROUND Normally, select this position. Multi-channel audio signals are output to 2 channels for enjoying surround sounds. NORMAL Multi-channel audio signals are downmixed to 2 channels for use with your stereo. ON Normally select this position. When you select “ON,” see “Setting the digital output signal” for further settings. OFF The influence of the digital circuit upon the analog circuit is minimal. If you are using the HDMI OUT jack, PCM sound will be output depending on the connected equipment. If the signal is encrypted for copyright protection purposes, the signal is only output as 48 kHz/16 bit PCM. D-PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component without a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. You can select whether the signals conform to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) or not by making adjustments to the “DOWNMIX” item in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 69). DOLBY DIGITAL Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. 71 Settings and Adjustments ◆ MPEG (DVD VIDEO/DVD-VR mode only) Selects the type of MPEG audio signal. Note If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with MPEG audio signal, the “PCM” signals will be automatically output even when you select “MPEG.” ◆ DTS Selects the type of DTS audio signals. Note If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with DTS signals, the “OFF” signals will be automatically output even when you select “ON.” ◆ 48kHz/96kHz PCM (DVD VIDEO only) Selects the sampling frequency of the audio signal. Notes • The analogue audio signals from the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks are not affected by this setting and keep their original sampling frequency level. • If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with 96 kHz/24 bit signals, 48 kHz/16 bit PCM will be automatically output even when you select “96kHz/24bit.” PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component without a built-in MPEG decoder. If you play multi-channel MPEG audio sound tracks, only the Front (L) and Front (R) signals will be output from your two front speakers. MPEG Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in MPEG decoder. OFF Select this when the player is connected to an audio component without a built-in DTS decoder. ON Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in DTS decoder. 48kHz/16bit The audio signals of DVD VIDEOs are always converted to 48kHz/16bit. 96kHz/24bit All types of signals including 96kHz/24bit are output in their original format. However, if the signal is encrypted for copyright protection purposes, the signal is only output as 48kHz/16bit. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-18 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 72 Additional Information Troubleshooting If you experience any of the following difficulties while using the player, use this troubleshooting guide to help remedy the problem before requesting repairs. Should any problem persist, consult your nearest Sony dealer. Power The power is not turned on. , Check that the mains lead is connected securely. Picture There is no picture/picture noise appears. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cords are damaged. , Check the connection to your TV (page 16) and switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. , Set “LINE” in “SCREEN SETUP” to an item appropriate for your system (page 66). , The disc is dirty or flawed. , If the picture output from your player goes through your VCR to get to your TV or if you are connected to a combination TV/ VIDEO player, the copy-protection signal applied to some DVD programmes could affect picture quality. If you still experience problems even when you connect your player directly to your TV, try connecting your player to your TV’s S VIDEO input (page 16). , The disc is recorded in a colour system that is different from your TV. , You have selected “PROGRESSIVE AUTO” or “PROGRESSIVE VIDEO” using the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel (the PROGRESSIVE indicator lights up) even though your TV cannot accept the progressive signal. In this case, disconnect the HDMI cord from the player, and then select “NORMAL (INTERLACE)” so that the PROGRESSIVE indicator turns off. , Even if your TV is compatible with progressive format 525p/625p signals, the image may be affected when you set the player to progressive format. In this case, select “NORMAL (INTERLACE)” using the PROGRESSIVE button on the front panel so that the PROGRESSIVE indicator turns off and the player is set to normal (interlace) format. , If you set “LINE” to “RGB” in “SCREEN SETUP” (page 66), the player outputs no component video signals. , The player is connected to an input device that is not HDCP compliant (the HDMI indicator on the front panel does not light up). See page 17. , If the HDMI OUT jack is used for video output, changing the “HDMI RESOLUTION” setting in “SCREEN SETUP” may solve the problem (page 66). Connect the TV and the player using a video jack other than the HDMI OUT, and switch the TV’s input to the connected video input so that you can see the on-screen displays. Change the “HDMI RESOLUTION” setting in “SCREEN SETUP,” and switch the TV’s input back to HDMI. If the picture still does not appear, repeat the steps and try other options. , If the signal from the LINE OUT (VIDEO) or S VIDEO OUT jacks is distorted, change the “HDMI RESOLUTION” setting in “SCREEN SETUP” to “720 × 480/576p.” There is no picture or the picture noise appears when connected to the HDMI OUT jack. , Try the following: 1Turn the player off and on again. 2Turn the connected equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect and then connect the HDMI cord again. The picture does not fill the screen, even though the aspect ratio is set in “TV TYPE” under “SCREEN SETUP.” , The aspect ratio of the disc is fixed on your DVD. The picture is black and white. , Set “LINE” in “SCREEN SETUP” to an item appropriate for your TV (page 66). , Depending on the TV, the picture on the screen becomes black and white when you play a disc recorded in the NTSC colour system. , If you are using a SCART cord, be sure to use one that is fully wired (21-pins). 73 Additional Information Sound There is no sound. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cord is damaged. , The player is connected to the wrong input jack on the amplifier (receiver) (page 20). , The amplifier (receiver) input is not correctly set. , The player is in pause mode or in Slow- motion Play mode. , The player is in fast forward or fast reverse mode. , If the audio signal does not come through the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL)/HDMI OUT jack, check the audio settings (page 70). , While playing a Super VCD on which the audio track 2 is not recorded, no sound will come out when you select “2:STEREO,” “2:1/L,” or “2:2/R.” , When playing multichannel MPEG audio soundtracks, only the Front (L) and Front (R) signal will be output from your two front speakers. , The equipment connected to the HDMI OUT jack does not conform to the audio signal format, in this case set “AUDIO(HDMI)” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “PCM” (page 69). No sound is output from the HDMI OUT jack , Try the following: 1Turn the player off and on again. 2Turn the connected equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect and then connect the HDMI cord again. , The HDMI OUT jack is connected to a DVI device (DVI jacks do not accept audio signals). Sound distortion occurs. , Set “AUDIO ATT” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “ON” (page 69). The sound volume is low. , The sound volume is low on some DVDs. The sound volume may improve if you set “AUDIO DRC” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “TV MODE” (page 69). , Set “AUDIO ATT” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “OFF” (page 69). Operation The remote does not function. , The batteries in the remote are weak. , There are obstacles between the remote and the player. , The distance between the remote and the player is too far. , The remote is not pointed at the remote sensor on the player. The disc does not play. , The disc is turned over. Insert the disc with the playback side facing down. , The disc is skewed. , The player cannot play certain discs (page 7). , The region code on the DVD does not match the player. , Moisture has condensed inside the player (page 3). , The player cannot play a recorded disc that is not correctly finalized (page 7). The MP3 audio track cannot be played (page 52). , The DATA CD is not recorded in an MP3 format that conforms to ISO 9660 Level 1/ Level 2 or Joliet. , The DATA DVD is not recorded in MP3 format that conform to UDF (Universal Disk Format). , The MP3 audio track does not have the extension “.MP3.” , The data is not formatted in MP3 even though it has the extension “.MP3.” , The data is not MPEG-1 Audio Layer III data. , The player cannot play audio tracks in mp3PRO format. , “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “IMAGE (JPEG)” (page 55). , The DATA CD/DATA DVD contains a DivX video file. The JPEG image file cannot be played (page 52). , The DATA CD is not recorded in a JPEG format that conforms to ISO 9660 Level 1/ Level 2, or Joliet. , The DATA DVD is not recorded in JPEG format that conforms to UDF (Universal Disk Format). ,continued 74 , The file has an extension other than “.JPEG” or “.JPG.” , The image is larger than 3072 (width) × 2048 (height) in normal mode, or more than 3,300,000 pixels in progressive JPEG. (Some progressive JPEG files cannot be displayed even if the file size is within this specified capacity.) , The image does not fit the screen (the image is reduced). , “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUDIO (MP3)” (page 55). , The DATA CD/DATA DVD contains a DivX video file. The MP3 audio tracks and JPEG image files start playing simultaneously. , “MODE (MP3, JPEG)” is set to “AUTO” (page 55). The DivX video file cannot be played. , The file is not created in DivX format. , The file has an extension other than “.AVI” or “.DIVX.” , The DATA CD/DATA DVD (DivX video) is not created in a DivX format that conforms to ISO 9660 Level 1/Level 2 or Joliet/UDF. , The DivX video file is larger than 720 (width) × 576 (height). The album/track/file names are not displayed correctly. , The player can only display numbers and alphabet. Other characters are displayed as “*”. The disc does not start playing from the beginning. , Programme Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, or A-B Repeat Play is selected (page 29). , Resume play has taken effect (page 26). The player starts playing the disc automatically. , The disc features an auto playback function. , “AUTO PLAY” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “ON” (page 68). Playback stops automatically. , While playing discs with an auto pause signal, the player stops playback at the auto pause signal. Some functions such as Stop, Search, Fast Play and Slow Play, Slow-motion Play, Repeat Play, Shuffle Play, or Programme Play cannot be performed. , Depending on the disc, you may not be able to do some of the operations above. Refer to the operating manual that comes with the disc. The language for the sound track cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 27). , Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of the language for the sound track. The subtitle language cannot be changed or turned off. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 27). , Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of subtitles. The angles cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 27). , Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The angle can only be changed when the “ ” indicator lights up on the front panel display (page 10). , The DVD prohibits changing of the angles. The player does not operate properly. , When static electricity, etc., causes the player to operate abnormally, unplug the player. 5 numbers or letters are displayed on the screen and on the front panel display. , The self-diagnosis function was activated. (See the table on page 75.) 75 Additional Information The disc tray does not open and “LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Child Lock is set (page 25). The disc tray does not open and “TRAY LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility. “Data error” appears on the TV screen when playing a DATA CD or DATA DVD. , The MP3 audio track/JPEG image file/ DivX video file you want to play is broken. , The data is not MPEG-1 Audio Layer III data. , The JPEG image file format does not conform to DCF (page 51). , The JPEG image file has the extension “.JPG” or “.JPEG,” but is not in JPEG format. , The file you want to play has the extension “.AVI” or “.DIVX,” but is not in DivX format, or is in DivX format but does not conform to a DivX Certified profile. Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/numbers appear in the display) When the self-diagnosis function is activated to prevent the player from malfunctioning, a five-character service number (e.g., C 13 50) with a combination of a letter and four digits appears on the screen and the front panel display. In this case, check the following table. First three characters of the service number Cause and/or corrective action C 13 The disc is dirty or recorded in a format that this player cannot play (page 7). ,Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth or check its format (page 2). C 31 The disc is not inserted correctly. ,Re-insert the disc correctly. E XX (xx is a number) To prevent a malfunction, the player has performed the self-diagnosis function. ,Contact your nearest Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility and give the 5- character service number. Example: E 61 10 C:13:50 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-19 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1-19E 76 Glossary Album (page 53, 58) A unit in which to store DivX video files JPEG image files or MP3 audio tracks on a DATA CD/DATA DVD. (“Album” is an exclusive definition for this player.) Chapter (page 10) Sections of a picture or a music feature that are smaller than titles. A title is composed of several chapters. Depending on the disc, no chapters may be recorded. DivX® (page 57) Digital video technology created by DivX, Inc. Videos encoded with DivX technology are among the highest quality with a relatively small file size. Dolby Digital (page 17, 70) Digital audio compression technology developed by Dolby Laboratories. This technology conforms to multi-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. Dolby Digital provides the same discrete channels of high quality digital audio found in “Dolby Digital” theatre surround sound systems. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data is recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. DTS (page 17, 71) Digital audio compression technology that Digital Theater Systems, Inc. developed. This technology conforms to multi-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. DTS provides the same discrete channels of high quality digital audio. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data is recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. DVD VIDEO (page 6) A disc that contains up to 8 hours of moving pictures even though its diameter is the same as a CD. The data capacity of a single-layer and single- sided DVD is 4.7 GB (Giga Byte), which is 7 times that of a CD. The data capacity of a double-layer and single-sided DVD is 8.5 GB, a single-layer and double-sided DVD is 9.4 GB, and double-layer and double-sided DVD is 17 GB. The picture data uses the MPEG 2 format, a worldwide standard of digital compression technology. The picture data is compressed to about 1/40 (average) of its original size. The DVD also uses a variable rate coding technology that changes the data to be allocated according to the status of the picture. Audio information is recorded in a multi-channel format, such as Dolby Digital, allowing you to enjoy a more realistic audio presence. Furthermore, various advanced functions such as the multi-angle, multilingual, and Parental Control functions are provided with the DVD. DVD-RW (page 6) A DVD-RW is a recordable and rewritable disc that is the same size as a DVD VIDEO. The DVD-RW has two different modes: VR mode and Video mode. DVD-RWs created in Video mode have the same format as a DVD VIDEO, while discs created in VR (Video Recording) mode allow the contents to be programmed or edited. DVD+RW (page 6) A DVD+RW (plus RW) is a recordable and rewritable disc. DVD+RWs use a recording format that is comparable to the DVD VIDEO format. File (page 51, 54) A JPEG image recorded on a DATA CD/ DATA DVD or a DivX video on a DATA CD/DATA DVD (“File” is an exclusive definition for this player). A single file consist of a single image or video. 77 Additional Information Film based software, Video based software (page 19) DVDs can be classified as Film based or Video based software. Film based DVDs contain the same images (24 frames per second) that are shown at movie theatres. Video based DVDs, such as television dramas or sit-coms, displays images at 25 frames/60 fields (30 frames/60 fields) per second. HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) HDMI is an interface that supports both video and audio on a single digital connection. The HDMI connection carries standard to high definition video signals and multi-channel audio signals to AV components such as HDMI equipped TVs, in digital form without degradation. Since the video signals are compatible with the current DVI (Digital Visual Interface) format, HDMI jacks can be connected to DVI jacks by way of an HDMI-DVI converter cord. The HDMI specification supports HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Contents Protection), a copy protection technology that incorporates coding technology for digital video signals. MPEG audio (page 17, 71) International standard coding system used to compress audio digital signals authorized by ISO/IEC. MPEG 1 conforms to up to 2- channel stereo. MPEG 2, used on DVDs, conforms to up to 7.1-channel surround. Normal (Interlace) format (page 19) Normal (Interlace) format shows every other line of an image as a single “field” and is the standard method for displaying images on television. The even number field shows the even numbered lines of an image, and the odd numbered field shows the odd numbered lines of an image. Progressive format (page 18) Compared to the Interlace format that alternately shows every other line of an image (field) to create one frame, the Progressive format shows the entire image at once as a single frame. This means that while the Interlace format can show 25 or 30 frames (50-60 fields) in one second, the Progressive format can show 50-60 frames in one second. The overall picture quality increases and still images, text, and horizontal lines appear sharper. This player is compatible with the 525 or 625 progressive format. Progressive JPEG Progressive JPEGs are used mostly on the internet. They are different from other JPEGs in that they “fade in” gradually instead of being drawn from top to bottom when displayed on a browser. This lets you view the image while it is being downloaded. Title (page 10) The longest section of a picture or music feature on a DVD, movie, etc., in video software, or the entire album in audio software. 78 Specifications System Laser: Semiconductor laser Signal format system: PAL/(NTSC) Audio characteristics Frequency response: DVD VIDEO (PCM 96 kHz): 2 Hz to 44 kHz (±1.0 dB)/DVD VIDEO (PCM 48 kHz): 2 Hz to 22 kHz (±0.5 dB)/CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz (±0.5 dB) Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio): 115 dB (LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks only) Harmonic distortion: 0.003 % Dynamic range: DVD VIDEO: 103 dB/ CD: 99 dB Wow and flutter: Less than detected value (±0.001% W PEAK) Outputs (Jack name: Jack type/Output level/Load impedance) LINE OUT (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/ 10 kilohms DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical output jack/–18 dBm (wave length 660 nm) DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms HDMI OUT: Type A (19 pin) LINE OUT (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p/ 75 ohms S VIDEO OUT: 4-pin mini DIN/ Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL), 0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)/75 ohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR): Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, PB/CB, PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms General Power requirements: 220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 12 W Dimensions (approx.): 430 × 43 × 237 mm (width/height/depth) incl. projecting parts Mass (approx.): 1.92 kg Operating temperature: 5 °C to 35 °C Operating humidity: 25 % to 80 % Supplied accessories See page 15. Specifications and design are subject to change without notice. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-1 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H Note: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given. 2-1. UPPER CASE SECTION 2 DISASSEMBLY 2-2. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY AND SW-470 BOARD 4 Two Tapping Screws 3 Tray Cover 5 Three Screws +BV3 (3-CR) 2 1 Chassis Back (NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) 6 Front Panel Assembly 7 Three Screws +BVTP2.6 (3CR) e 5 FSW-002 Flat Flexible Cable (CN001, 9P) 8 SW-470 Board e 4 Claw 3 Two claws 2 Two claws 1 Claw (NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-2 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 2-3. LOADING ASSEMBLY a a 4 Three Screws +BV3 (3-CR) 5 Loading Assembly 1 FMO-010 Flat Flexible Cable (CN101, 24P) 3 FMS-011 Flat Flexible Cable (CN202, 5P) 2 MD-108 Harness (CN201, 6P) (NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-3 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 2-4. OPTICAL PICK-UP (DEVICE, OPTICAL KHM-313CAA/C2RP) Caution Point on the Laser Diode: Laser Diode in the optical Device is very sensitive to Surge Current or ElectroStatic Discharge (ESD): After take-out FMO-010 Flat Flexible Cable from CN101 of MV-49 board immediately ground FMO-010 Flat Flexible Cable pattern using short clip. Metal paper clip can be used as short clip. Short Land Position Note: Solder short land before remove the FMO-010 Flat Flaxible Cable from 24 pin BU connector. 5 FMO-010 Flat Flexible Cable (CN101, 24P) 4 MD-108 Harness (CN201, 6P) 1 Four Insulator Screws 6 Two Insulator 6 Two Insulator 3 Optical Device (KHM-313CAA/C2RP) 2 FFC Holder www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-4 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 2-5. REAR PANEL, MV-49 BOARD/ IF-146 BOARD and ER-41 BOARD 6 FMS-011 Flat Flexible Cable (CN202, 5P) 5 FMO-010 Flat Flexible Cable (CN101, 24P) 9 MV-49 Board 4 MD-108 Harness (CN201, 6P) 7 PM-128 Harness (CN601, 10P) 8 Five Screws +BV3 (3-CR) 1 Six Screws +BV3 (3-CR) 3 Rear Panel 2 +B3 (3-CR) qs IF-146 Board a a qa FSW-002 Flat Flexible Cable (CN403, 9P) o o i i ER-41 Board q; Two Screws +BV3 (3-CR) p b p b (NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) Note: Caution Point on the PWB IF-146 When handling IF-146 PWB avoid contact with the sharp metal edge on the top side of Vacuum Fluorescent Display (ND401). www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-5 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 2-6. SWITCHING REGULATOR 2 Two Screws +BV3 (3-CR) 1 Connector (PM-128 Harness, CN201, 10P) 3 Power Board www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-6 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 2-7. INTERNAL VIEWS MS-203 MOUNT Optical Pick-Up (Device, Optical KHM-313CAA/C2RP/ Service Assembly) TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-7 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 2-7E 2-8. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION IF-146 Board (INTERFACE) SW-470 Board (SWITCH) MV-49 Board (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO (2ch), AUDIO (8ch), POWER SUPPLY, HDMI) ER-41 Board (SCART) (NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) Power Board www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H SECTION 3 BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-1 3-2 FOCUS TRACKING COIL DRIVE, SPINDLE/SLED /LOADING MOTOR DRIVE SYSTEM CONTROL AV DECODER SERVO DSP RF AMP IP CONVERTER HDMI TRANSMITTER SCALER SRC/DIT CONVERTER SPDIF Digital Video Analog video SIO SIO I2C I2S DVD/CD PDIC INLIMIT SENSOR FOCUS COIL TRACKING COIL SPINDLE MOTOR SLED MOTOR SECONDARY TRANS FORMER PRIMARY PS601 SW-10V SW+5V HDCP SW+8V SW+5V EVER+11V EVER+5V P-CONT SW+3.3V SW+8V PS602 TRAY/CHUCK DETECT M DDC TMDS 12C 12C SIO SW-10V SW+5V EVER+5V EVER+11V SW+3.3V MV-49 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-17 to 4-18) Vkk EVER 3.3V IF-146 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-11 to 4-12) SW-470 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-31 to 4-32 ) POWER LINE (2) (SEE PAGE 3-5 to 3-6) POWER LINE (1) (SEE PAGE 3-3 to 3-4) Notes: MV-49 mounted PWB must be replaced if IC103 (EEPROM) is damaged or not functioning. The old MV-49 mounted PWB must be completely destroyed before disposal, as required by CPRM-key regulation. Notes: Special key has been written in the IC706 (HDCP key) and therefore the IC706 cannot be replaced. If this IC is faulty, replace the board entirely. 16K EEPROM SWITCHING REGULATOR SRV1838UC (DVP-NS75H) SRV1839WW (DVP-NS76H) (SEE PAGE 3-3 to 3-4) IC103 64M SDRAM IC104 IC201 16M Flash ROM IC102 2ch AUDIO D/A CONVERTER IC406 AUDIO LPF IC401 VIDEO AMP IC304 HDMI OUT CN701 REG-5V IC303 BASE UNIT (KHM-313CAA/C2RP) IC701 8 bit CPU IC708 IC101 RESET IC IC408 LED INDICATOR IC408 KEY FUNCTION IR RECEIVER IC001 3.3V REGULATOR IC VFD DRIVER CIRCUIT IC407 IF MICON IC404 VFD ND401 16K EEPROM IC706 M M (OPTICAL DEVICE) AUDIO/ VIDEO OUTPUT J301 OPTICAL OUTPUT IC404/IC405 DIGITAL OUT J301 • Abbreviation AEP : Europe Model CND : Canadian Model E : Latin America Model KR : Korea Model RUS : Russian Model SP : Singapore Model w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 3-2. POWER LINE (1) BLOCK DIAGRAM POWER BOARD (SRV1838UC) (DVP-NS71HP/NS75H) (SEE PAGE 4-35 to 4-36) (SRV1839WW) (DVP-NS76H) (SEE PAGE 4-39 to 4-40) MV-49 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-27 to 4-28) IF-146 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-11 to 4-12) SW-470 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-31 to 4-32) PS601 PS602 SWITCHING CONTROL IC101 SHUNT REG IC501 REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER IC406 SHUNT REG IC502 RESET IC408 REGULATOR IC IC407 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE ND401 IC404 TRANSFORMER CN601 SW+5V SW+3.3V SW+8V SW-10V EVER+11V AC IN CN101 F101 1 2 L101 LINE FILTER L102 LINE FILTER D101 D107 L301 D301 L502 P502 VR501 Q501 Q401 L401 D501 D401 L201 D201 PC101 PHOTO COUPLER T101 D601 L601 Q301 3 EVER+11V SW+8V EVER+5V EVER-10V Ever 3.3V SW+5V SW+3.3V POWER CONTROL SW+5V SW+3.3V 6 5 1 4 10 8 8 5 6 10 7 1 3 15 13 1 17 CN106 CN404 5 7 19 3 6 15 12 5 IF CON PCONT VKK D402-D405 Q401,402 T401 DC/DC CONVERTER F1 F2 PONCHK CN201 EVER+5V SW+3.3V SW+5V EVER+3.3V SW-10V P-CONT 3.3V_MNT 1 8 6 CN001 9 2 4 CN406 D302 HDMI PROG POWER LINE (2) (SEE PAGE 3-5 to 3-6) P401 Q601 26 30 The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 3-3 3-4 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 3-3. POWER LINE (2) BLOCK DIAGRAM SW+5V SW+3.3V SW+8V CN101 VCC OPTICAL DEVICE IN LIMIT SENSOR LIMIT CN201 SYSTEM CONTROL AV DECODER SERVO DSP RF AMP IP CONVERTER RF3.3V SW+3.3V SW+5V SW+8V POWER LINE (1) (SEE PAGE 3-3 to 3-4) EVER+11V SW-10V POWER LINE (1) (SEE PAGE 3-3 to 3-4) AU+11V AU-10V CN701 HDMI OUT HDCP EEPROM IC706 16K EEPROM IC103 16M Flash ROM IC102 Sub CPU IC708 64M SDRAM IC104 RESET IC108 VIDEO DECODER IC506 2.5V REG IC508 MV-49 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-27 to 4-28) 5 4 IN OUT 3.3V REG IC105 IC101 5 4 1.8V REG IC110 5 4 3.3V REG IC107 MOTOR DRIVER IC201 5 4 1.8V REG IC702 5 4 3.3V REG IC703 5 4 5V REG IC707 5 4 EEPROM 16K Bit IC706 Reg-5V IC303 Video Buffer IC304 Audio Buffer IC401 +5V Reg IC403 Q416 Q401 Optical Out IC405 Audio DAC IC406 Coaxial Q411 8 AND GATE IC705 5 8-Bit CPU IC708 HDMI TRANSMITTER SCALER SRC/DIT CONVERTER IC701 80 10 60 4 11 1 18 3-5 3-6 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 3-4. SYSTEM CONTROL/SIGNAL PROCESSOR BLOCK DIAGRAM 145 IC102 IC101 IC108 MICROPROCESSOR AV DECODER SERVO DSP IP CONVERTER 16M FLASH ROM IC104 64M SDRAM RAO~RA11 53~61,67~72,74~76,78,89,92,93 AO~A20 115,117,118,120,121,123~126,128~133,135 RDO-RD15 81~84,86~88,91 HDO – HD7 DQM1 DQMO BA1 SCL SDA 113 137 143 BA0 140 RAS 139 CAS 138 RWE 142 RCS 156 RCLK 157 CKE 101 110 100 99 98 114 IFSCK IFSDO XIFBSY 66 77 79 XWR XROMCS XRD IFSDI XSYSRST XIFCS ACLK SPDIF ASDATAO XRST XMAMUTE ASDATA1 206 218 220 225 217 215 SPDIF ASDATAO ACLK ABCK ALRCK 214 213 ABCK ALRCK XMAMUTE ASDATA1 ASDATA2 XV_MUTE RGBSEL 219 200 202 203 ASDATA2 ASDATA4 222 ASDATA4 Y/G 198 CVBS B/Cb/Pb R/Cr/Pr 179 WIDE 229 228 XTALI XTALO XRST 102 103 6 5 IC103 EEPROM 16K SCL TO HDMI (SEE PAGE 3-17 to 3-18) SDA RESET IC CN108 TO MV-49 VIDEO (SEE PAGE 3-13 to 3-14) XIFBSY IFSCK IFSDO XIFCS IFSDI XSYSRST XVMUTE XAMUTE XA_MUTE TO MV-49 AUDIO (SEE PAGE 3-11 to 3-12) TO MV-49 AUDIO (SEE PAGE 3-11 to 3-12) TO IF-146 INTERFACE (SEE PAGE 3-15 to 3-16) 146,147,149~151,158~160,162,164~166 Y/G CB/B CR/R WIDE C 196 C 187 RGBSEL Y V 194 Y SMSD0 SMSD1 XSMCS VSYNC HSYNC Y0 | Y7 VCLK SMSCK 211 205 207 210 208 209 178 0.7Vp-p H 0.7Vp-p H 1Vp-p H 286 mVp-p (NTSC) 300 mVp-p (PAL) H 1Vp-p H 1Vp-p H 8 4 12 16 6 11 9 7 168-172,174,176,177 3.3Vp-p 27MHz 1 MV-49 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-17 to 4-18) IC101 14 156 IC101 13 215 IC101 12 229 IC101 C/BAR PB 8 203 IC101 C/BAR PB 7 202 IC101 C/BAR PB 6 200 IC101 C/BAR PB 5 198 IC101 C/BAR PB 4 194 IC101 C/BAR PB 3 196 TO MV49 VIDEO (SEE PAGE 3-13 to 3-14) EUROVY 180 DISC/XEXT 224 0.7Vp-p 0.7Vp-p 0.7Vp-p IC101 9 200 IC101 10 202 DVP-NS76H: AEP,UK,RUS (RGB MODE) DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H IC101 C/BAR PB 11 203 DVP-NS76H: AEP,UK,RUS DVP-NS76H: AEP,UK,RUS ONLY 3.3Vp-p 120MHz 3.3Vp-p 24MHz 3-7 3-8 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 3-5. RF/SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM SPINDLE MOTOR SLED MOTOR LIMIT DETECT CN201 27 28 10 13 15 4 1 29 37 36 35 34 25 24 30 D01+ D01- D02+ D02- D05+ D05- 22 23 20 21 18 19 MDI2 MDI1 LD01 TSD_M MUTE MUTE123 SPFG TROPENPWM DMO FMO TRO FOO LD02 6 DVDRFIP TPI TNI 50 49 OCSW CKSW 136 LIMITSW IN1- IN2- IN3- IN4- CTL 20 22 MUTE4 TSD_M 7 19 21 6 45 OPO RES1 RES2 MUTE123 PS IC201 MOTOR DRIVER IC IC101 (2/2) RF AMPLIFIER 0.5Vpp to 1.1Vpp 0.65Vpp to 1.48Vpp LDM+ LDM- OKSW1 OCSW1 FCS- FCS+ TRK+ TRK- LD (780) LD (650) PD RF F E M001 LOADING MOTOR S001 CHUCK/TRAY DETECT FOCUS COIL TRACKING COIL DVD/CD LD MODULE CN202 DVD/CD LD DRIVE Q102 2~5 8~11 C D A B DVD/CD PDIC 186 FWD 185 181 183 184 47 39 37 38 41 42 REV 16 FWD 17 REV 200nsec 100nsec 24 23 22 21 6 2 5 14 10 17 20 19 16 15 CN101 5 4 2 1 6 5 2 1 4 3 4 6 7 MS-203 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-13 to 4-14) D04+ D04- D03+ D03- SP- SP+ SL- SL+ LIMIT MV-49 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-19 to 4-20) IC101 (CD PB) 1 6 IC101 (DVD PB) 2 6 BASE UNIT OPTICAL DEVICE (KHM-313CAA/C2RP) 3-9 3-10 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 3-6. AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM 16 15 1 3 5 7 8 6 2 4 L R D402 R442 R443 R414 R413 D403 SYSTEM CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8) SPDIF IC406 AOUTR- MCLK SDTI PDN CSN BICK LRCK CCLK CDTI XDZFR XDZFL ACLK ALRCK ABCK XDACS ASDATA4 XRST ADSCK ADSOO XMAMUTE AOUTR+ AOUTL+ AOUTL- AUDIO AMPLIFIER AUDIO D/A CONVERTER LINE OUT R437 R435 OPTICAL DIGITAL OUTPUT XA MUTE CNJ903 ERAUDIOR ERAUDIOL + – + – COAXIAL D IN / 11 12 10 9 2 3 5 6 1 7 1 3 INTERFACE CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-15 TO 3-16) IC406 (CD) 21 BUFFER Q411 MUTE Q408 MUTE Q407 MUTE DRIVER Q402, Q404, Q405 MUTE DRIVER Q406, Q409, Q410 IC404/IC405 MV-49 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-23 to 4-24) DVP-NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY J301 IC401 1 3 4 IC406 (DVD) 22 4 3.5Vp-p 3.5Vp-p 22.67usec 20.82usec DVP-NS76H ONLY EXCEPT DVP-NS76H 3-11 3-12 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 3-7. VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-13 3-14 S VIDEO OUT 29 27 31 23 25 21 8 11 13 1 32 16 3 5 15 11 13 7 9 5 1 4 7 11 9 17 13 15 6 16 21 18 13 15 5 7 9 11 33 24 28 30 12 25 34 29 27 Y C COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Cr Cb Y FUNCTION SIGNAL GENERATOR BLANKING SIGNAL GENERATOR CN503 CN901 Y V C G B R VIDEO BUFFER SELECT SWITCH IC901 19 16 15 11 8 7 SC SY V VIDEO BUFFER VIDEO IN IC304 VIDEO OUT SY OUT SY IN SC IN SC OUT MUTE1 MUTE2 Y IN Y OUT Y Cb Cr Cb IN Cr IN Cb OUT Cr OUT V Y C R G B WIDE DISCEXT RGBSEL DISCEXT RGBSEL VMUTE WIDE EUROVY VMUTE EUROVY SW2 SW1 MUTE2 MUTE3 MUTE1 B IN G IN R IN C IN Y IN V IN V/Y OUT R/C OUT G OUT B OUT VIDEO COMBO JACK V/Y OUT BLANKING OUT R/C OUT G OUT FUNC. SW B OUT WIDE SWITCH Q111, Q112 V/Y R/C G B D907 H 2.0Vp-p H 1.4Vp-p H 1.4Vp-p MV-49 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-21 to 4-22) 16 2 6 20 ER-41 BOARD (DVP-NS76H: AEP,UK,RUS) (SEE PAGE 4-7 to 4-8) SYSTEM CONTROL/ SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8) IC304 C/BAR PB 17 25 IC304 C/BAR PB 15 21 IC304 C/BAR PB 16 23 H 2.0Vp-p H IC304 C/BAR PB 20 31 IC304 C/BAR PB 19 29 H 2.0Vp-p IC304 C/BAR PB 18 27 572mVp-p (NTSC) 600mVp-p (PAL) H 2.0Vp-p IC901 C/BAR PB (VIDEO MODE & RGB MODE) 5 25 H 2.0Vp-p IC901 C/BAR PB (S-VIDEO MODE) 6 25 1.4Vp-p 1.4Vp-p 1.4Vp-p IC901 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE) 2 29 IC901 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE) 3 27 IC901 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE) 1 34 H 572mVp-p (NTSC) 600mVp-p (PAL) IC901 C/BAR PB (S-VIDEO MODE) 4 34 SCART OUTPUT J301 CNJ903 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 3-8. INTERFACE CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM IF CON SYSRST EVER+5V SW-10V XIFCS SOO SIO SCO A-MUTE V-MUTE XIFBUSY PCONT POWER-SWITCH S401 OPEN/ CLOSE R431 R430 S405 S403 S402 R429 R428 S406 S407 PROG PROGRESSIVE STOP PREV NEXT PLAY IF-146 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-11 to 4-12) D002 SW-470 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-31 to 4-32) N . Z > x SW+5.0V SW+3.3V D001 CN401 5 16 14 11 12 9 4 8 13 6 2 19 7 3 3 6 9 8 2 4 1 5 7 4 1 2 8 6 9 5 TO MV-49 SYSTEM CONTROL/ SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8) ND401 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE 3.3V REGULATOR IC IC407 VCC VDD /RST VKK 50 69 71 77 12 38 4 11 EVER+3.3V EVER+3.3V SW-10V 1~2 40~41 SEG 1-20 DIG 1-7 AD1 AD2 XIN XOUT HDMI LED PROG LED SYSRST /CS SI SO /SC /AMUTE /VMUTE BUSY PCONT POWER O/C 4 5 7 78 5 8 40 14 15 16 17 23 24 27 26 37 35 34 36 2 3 41 44 IR 11 RESET IC VFD DRIVER CIRCUIT IC408 2 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ IC404 SWITCHING TRANSISTOR IR RECEIVER IC IC406 3 1 EVER+3.3V 3-15 3-16 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 3-9. HDMI BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-17 3-18E 80 27 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 52 51 54 57 55 58 TX1- TX0+ TX1+ TX2- TX2+ DVD DI8 ALRCK ABCK ACK ADO AD1 AD2 AD3 SPDIF AVCC VSYNC INT HSYWC CLK NT/XPAL SSCK SSD PWDN RST NT/XPAL SCK SDA XRST XSMCS SMSDD SMSDI SMSCK XPWDN XTXRST VDD VSYNC TXINT XRST XSMCS SDI SDD SCK SIN SOT SCK WP SCL SDA Y B A VCC VCC 3.3V REG SW+5V MSD MSCK HTPLG ALRCK ABCK ALLK ASDATA 0 ASDATA 1 ASDATA 2 ASDATA 4 SPDIF TCK+ TCK- DVDD 3.3 SDA SCK TX0- 49 48 10 SCL 5V POWER HPD SDA 38 39 26 31 21 22 24 25 35 34 61 17 22 24 21 23 30 31 32 40 41 1 14 15 XO XI 63 62 60 59 50 51 49 7 6 8 2 4 5 SW+8V 1 5 4 5 40 SW+3.3V IC701 IC708 IC706 IC705 IC703 MV-49 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-29 to 4-30) SYSTEM CONTROL/ SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8) SYSTEM CONTROL/ SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8) TMDS 2+ TMDS 2- TMDS 1+ TMDS 1- TMDS 0+ TMDS 0- TMDS CLK+ TMDS CLK- 1 3 4 6 7 9 10 12 15 16 18 19 CN701 HDMI OUT 11 VCLK VCK 13 ~ 20 Y0 ~ Y7 TX27M HSYNC VSYNC NT/XPAL SW3.3V YUVO - YUV7 SYSTEM CONTROL/ SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-7 to 3-8) 5V REG IC707 4 5 Notes: Special key has been written in the IC706 (HDCP key) and therefore the IC706 cannot be replaced. If this IC is faulty, replace the board entirely. 1.8V REG IC702 5 4 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 SECTION 4 PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-1 4-2 FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM M M SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV1872WW) (DVP-NS71HP/NS75H) (SRV1873UC) (DVP-NS76H) MV-49 BOARD MS-203 BOARD BASE UNIT OPTICAL DEVICE (KHM-313CAA/C2RP) SC_IN (N) 2P AC_IN (L) 2 1 10 1-964-238-11 HARNESS PM-128 1-831-575-11 FFC (FME-005) 1.0 pitch 1-964-347-11 Harness ME-061 1-831-572-11 FFC (FIM-014) 1.0 pitch 10P CNXXX 9 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SW+8V MTR GND EVER+11V EVER+5V SW+3.3V SW+5V GND P-CONT POWER SW EVER-10V 10 10P CN601 9 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SW+8V MTR GND EVER+11V EVER+5V SW+3.3V SW+5V GND P-CONT POWER_SW EVER-10V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 GND POWER_SWITCH SW-10V A_MUTE EVER+5V PCONT SW+3.3V V_MUTE SCO GND SOO SIO XIFBUSY XIFCS 3.3V_MNT SYSRST VOFF 5 4 3 2 1 OCSW1 / REV CKSW1 / FWD GND / CTL LDM- LDM+ 6 5 4 3 2 1 TXD RXD GND SW+3.3V V2REF0 RF MON 18 CONTROL-S 19 SW+5V 19P CN401 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 GND POWER_SW SW-10V XAMUTE EVER+5V P-CONT SW+3.3V XVMUTE IFSCK GND IFSDO IFSDI XIFBSY XIFCS 3.3V_MNT XSYSRST GND/V-OFF 2 CONTROL-S 1 SW+5V 19P CN108 6P CN105 6 5 4 3 2 1 TXD RXD GND SW+3.3V V2REF0 RF MON 6P CN104 TO DIAG JIG for 5CHG TO DIAG JIG for Single-MD 5P CN001 1 2 3 4 5 OCSW1 / REV CKSW1 / FWD GND / CTL LDM- LDM+ 5P CN202 5 4 3 2 1 PI TE FE GND RF 5P CN103 TO SERVO JIG 1-831-571-11 FFC (FMS-011) 1.0 pitch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 GND (LD) 24P CN101 LD (650) N.C N.C PD LD (780) VR (650) VR (780) N.C VoE/e+g Vcc Vc GND (PDIC) VoF/f+n VoB/b VoA/a RF (LO:DVD, HI:CD) MSW VoD/d VoC/c TRK- TRK+ FCS+ FCS- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 GND (LD) 24P CN101 LD (650) N.C N.C PD LD (780) 6 5 4 3 2 1 6P CN201 6 5 4 3 2 1 SP- 6P CNXXX SP+ LIMIT (GND) LIMIT SL- SL+ SP- SP+ LIMIT (GND) LIMIT SL- SL+ VR (650) VR (780) N.C VoE/e+g Vcc Vc GND (PDIC) VoF/f+n VoB/b VoA/a RF (LO:DVD, HI:CD) MSW VoD/d VoC/c TRK- TRK+ FCS+ FCS- 1-831-570-11 FFC (FMO-010) 0.5 pitch SPINDLE MOTOR LIMIT SWITCH SLIDER MOTOR 1-831-569-11 (FSW-002) FFC 1.0 pitch 8 9 7 6 5 4 3 IR OUT EVER 3.3V GND AD2 O/C SW+3.3V AD1 2 HDMI_LED 1 PROG_LED 9P CN403 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 IR OUT EVER+3.3V GND AD2 O/C SW+3.3V AD1 8 HDMI_LED 9 PROG_LED 9P CN001 HARNESS MD-108 1-963-091-11 IF-146 BOARD ER-41 BOARD SW-470 BOARD 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 A_GND EUROAUDIOR A_GND EUROAUDIOL A_GND VMUTE V D-GND C D-GND Y D-GND Y/G D-GND Cb/B WIDE Cr/R 4 DISC/XEXT 3 2 1 CTRL_S EUROVY RGBSEL 21P CN503 TO ER BOARD 1 2 3 4 GND EVER+11V SW+5V SW-10V 4P CN604 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 A-GND EUROAUDIOR A-GND EUROAUDIOL A-GND VMUTE V D-GND C D-GND Y D-GND Y/G D-GND Cb/B WIDE Cr/R 18 DISC/XEXT 19 20 21 CTRL_S EUROVY RGBSEL 21P CN901 1 2 3 4 GND EVER+11V SW+5V SW-10V 4P CN902 DVP-NS76H: AEP,UK,RUS ONLY w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H For printed wiring boards: • : indicates a lead wire mounted on the component side. • : indicates a lead wire mounted on the printed side. • a : Through hole. • : Pattern from the side which enables seeing. (The other layers’ patterns are not indicated.) For schematic diagrams: • All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF. 50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums. • All resistors are in ohms, 1/4W (Chip resistors : 1/10W) un-less otherwise specified. kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ. • Caution when replacing chip parts. New parts must be attached after removal of chip. Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, because it is damaged by the heat. • All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted. • : non flammable resistor. • : fusible resistor. • : panel designation. • f : internal component. • : adjustment for repair. • Circled numbers refer to waveforms. • Voltages are dc between measurement point. • Readings are taken with a color-bar signal on DVD refer- ence disc and when playing CD reference disc. • Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10MΩ). • Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances. Caution: Pattern face side: Parts on the pattern face side seen from (Side A) the pattern face are indicated. Parts face side: Parts on the parts face side seen from (Side B) the parts face are indicated. 4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. (In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block) 1Vp-p H 1Vp-p H 1Vp-p H H 286 mVp-p (NTSC) 300 mVp-p (PAL) 0.7Vp-p IC101 C/BAR PB 9 200 H 0.7Vp-p IC101 C/BAR PB 8 203 0.7Vp-p H IC101 C/BAR PB 7 202 200nsec (0.5Vp-p to 1.1Vp-p) IC101 (CD PB) 1 6 100nsec (0.65Vp-p to 1.48Vp-p) IC101 (DVD PB) 2 6 IC101 C/BAR PB 3 196 IC101 C/BAR PB 4 194 IC101 C/BAR PB 5 198 IC101 C/BAR PB 6 200 0.7Vp-p IC101 10 202 0.7Vp-p IC101 C/BAR PB 11 203 IC101 12 229 3.3Vp-p 27MHz 3.3Vp-p 24MHz IC101 13 215 3.3Vp-p 120MHz IC101 14 156 1.4Vp-p H IC304 C/BAR PB 15 21 1.4Vp-p H IC101 C/BAR PB 16 23 H 2.0Vp-p IC304 C/BAR PB 17 25 H 2.0Vp-p IC304 C/BAR PB 18 27 H 2.0Vp-p IC304 C/BAR PB 19 29 H 572mVp-p (NTSC) 600mVp-p (PAL) IC304 C/BAR PB 20 31 IC406 (CD) 3.5Vp-p 22.67 usec 21 4 3.5Vp-p 20.82 usec IC406 (DVD) 22 4 WAVEFORMS ER-41 BOARD • Abbreviation AEP : Europe Model CND : Canadian Model E : Latin America Model KR : Korea Model RUS : Russian Model SP : Singapore Model When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name. Note: The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 4-3 4-4 WAVEFORMS ER-41, MV-49 1.4Vp-p IC901 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE) 2 29 1.4Vp-p IC901 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE) 3 27 1.4Vp-p IC901 C/BAR PB (RGB MODE) 1 34 H IC901 C/BAR PB (S-VIDEO MODE) 4 572mVp-p (NTSC) 600mVp-p (PAL) 34 H IC901 C/BAR PB (VIDEO MODE & RGB MODE) 5 2.0Vp-p 25 H IC901 C/BAR PB (S-VIDEO MODE) 6 2.0Vp-p 25 MV-49 BOARD w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 4-6 ER-41 BOARD SIDE B IC901 B-3 IC902 C-4 Q901 B-1 Q902 B-2 Q903 B-2 Q906 B-1 Q907 B-1 Q908 C-1 Q909 B-1 Q910 B-2 Q911 A-2 Q912 A-2 Q913 A-2 D901 B-2 D902 B-2 D907 B-2 D929 C-2 D930 C-2 D932 C-2 D933 C-2 D934 C-3 D935 C-3 D936 C-4 D937 C-4 D938 B-3 D939 C-2 ER-41 (SCART) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. For printed wiring board 4-5 SCART ER-41 A B C 1 2 4 3 A B C 1 2 4 3 ER-41 BOARD (SIDE A) ER-41 BOARD (SIDE B) IF-146 Board (INTERFACE) SW-470 Board (SWITCH) MV-49 Board (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO (2ch), AUDIO (8ch), POWER SUPPLY, HDMI) ER-41 Board (SCART) (DVD-NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) Power Board w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-5 for printed wiring board of ER-41 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform ER-41 BOARD SCART -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:PB MODE MARKED:MOUNT TABLE 4-7 4-8 SCART ER-41 TO CN503 MV-49 BOARD (DVP-NS76H: AEP,UK) (SEE PAGE 4-25 TO 4-26) TO CN604 MV-49 BOARD (DVP-NS76H: AEP,UK) (SEE PAGE 4-27 TO 4-28) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 4-10 IF-146 BOARD SIDE B IC404 B-7 IC407 B-4 IC408 B-5 Q401 B-1 Q402 B-2 Q404 A-4 Q405 A-4 D402 B-2 D403 A-2 D406 A-2 IF-146 (INTERFACE) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. For printed wiring board 4-9 INTERFACE IF-146 A B C 1 2 5 4 3 8 7 6 A B C 1 2 5 4 3 8 7 6 IF-146 BOARD (SIDE A) IF-146 BOARD (SIDE B) IF-146 Board (INTERFACE) SW-470 Board (SWITCH) MV-49 Board (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO (2ch), AUDIO (8ch), POWER SUPPLY, HDMI) ER-41 Board (SCART) (DVD-NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) Power Board w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-9 for printed wiring board of IF-146 board. IF-146 BOARD INTERFACE -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:PB MODE MARKED:MOUNT TABLE 4-11 4-12 INTERFACE IF-146 TO CN108 MV-49 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-17 TO 4-18) TO CN001 SW-470 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-31 TO 4-32) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 4-14 • : Uses unleaded solder. There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. For printed wiring board 4-13 LOADING MOTOR MS-203 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-13 for printed wiring board of MS-203 board. MS-203 BOARD LOADING MOTOR -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 1 A B C D 2 7 6 5 4 3 MS-203 (LOADING MOTOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD MS-203 BOARD CN001 S001 (CHUCK/TRAY DETECT) C001 S001 1-861-327- 12 21 5 4 1 2 1 2 3 M001 (LOADING MOTOR) + - M M001 5P CN001 1 2 3 4 5 JL001 JL002 JL003 JL004 JL005 TO MV-49 BOARD (2/7) CN202 (SEE PAGE 4-19 TO 4-20) LOADING MOTOR C001 XX LDM+ LDM- OCSW1 CKSW1 GND/CTL S001 DETECT CHUCK/TRAY 1 3 2 IF-146 Board (INTERFACE) SW-470 Board (SWITCH) MV-49 Board (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO (2ch), AUDIO (8ch), POWER SUPPLY, HDMI) ER-41 Board (SCART) (DVD-NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) Power Board w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. For printed wiring board CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO (2ch), AUDIO (8ch), POWER SUPPLY, HDMI MV-49 MV-49 (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO (2ch), AUDIO (8ch), POWER SUPPLY, HDMI) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. MV-49 BOARD (SIDE A) MV-49 BOARD (SIDE B) 4-16 MV-49 BOARD SIDE A IC101 C-3 IC102 A-3 IC104 B-5 IC108 A-2 IC110 C-2 IC201 B-2 IC401 F-2 IC405 G-4 IC406 E-3 IC701 F-4 IC708 E-4 Q101 C-1 Q103 C-1 A B C E D F 1 2 5 4 3 A B C E D F 1 2 5 4 3 SIDE B IC105 B-3 IC107 D-2 IC111 C-3 IC303 E-2 IC304 F-1 IC403 E-3 IC702 F-4 IC703 F-4 IC705 F-5 IC706 F-4 IC707 E-5 Q102 D-1 Q304 E-1 Q305 E-1 Q401 F-3 Q402 F-3 Q403 F-3 Q404 F-3 Q405 F-3 Q407 F-2 Q408 F-2 Q411 F-3 Q416 E-2 Q601 E-2 Q602 E-2 Q701 E-4 Q702 E-5 D308 F-1 D309 F-1 D401 F-3 D402 E-3 D404 E-3 IF-146 Board (INTERFACE) SW-470 Board (SWITCH) MV-49 Board (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO (2ch), AUDIO (8ch), POWER SUPPLY, HDMI) ER-41 Board (SCART) (DVD-NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) Power Board w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-15 for printed wiring board of MV-49 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform MV-49 BOARD (1/7) CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 4-17 4-18 CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC MV-49 (1/7) TO CN401 IF-146 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-11 TO 4-12) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-15 for printed wiring board of MV-49 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform MV-49 BOARD (2/7) DRIVE -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 4-19 4-20 DRIVE MV-49 (2/7) TO CN001 MS-203 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-13 to 4-14) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-15 for printed wiring board of MV-49 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform MV-49 BOARD (3/7) VIDEO -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 4-21 4-22 VIDEO MV-49 (3/7) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 4-23 4-24 AUDIO (2ch) MV-49 (4/7) For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-15 for printed wiring board of MV-49 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform MV-49 BOARD (4/7) AUDIO (2ch) -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 4-25 4-26 AUDIO (8ch) MV-49 (5/7) For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-15 for printed wiring board of MV-49 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform MV-49 BOARD (5/7) AUDIO (8ch) -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE TO CN901 ER-41 BOARD (DVD-NS76H: AEP,UK,RUS) (SEE PAGE 4-7 to 4-8) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 4-27 4-28 POWER SUPPLY MV-49 (6/7) For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-15 for printed wiring board of MV-49 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform MV-49 BOARD (6/7) POWER SUPPLY -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE TO CN902 ER-41 BOARD (DVP-NS76H: AEP,UK,RUS) (SEE PAGE 4-7 to 4-8) 100PF 50V w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 4-29 4-30 HDMI MV-49 (7/7) For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-15 for printed wiring board of MV-49 board. • Refer to page 4-4 for waveform MV-49 BOARD (7/7) HDMI -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 4-32 SW-470 BOARD SIDE A IC001 A-4 D001 A-3 SW-470 (SWITCH) PRINTED WIRING BOARD • : Uses unleaded solder. There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. For printed wiring board 4-31 SWITCH SW-470 1 A B C D E F 2 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-31 for printed wiring board of SW-470 board. SW-470 BOARD SWITCH -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE TO CN403 IF-146 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-11 to 4-12) SW-470 BOARD (SIDE A) SW-470 BOARD (SIDE B) A 1 2 3 4 A 1 2 3 4 IF-146 Board (INTERFACE) SW-470 Board (SWITCH) MV-49 Board (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO (2ch), AUDIO (8ch), POWER SUPPLY, HDMI) ER-41 Board (SCART) (DVD-NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) Power Board w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H POWER BLOCK (SRV1838UC) PRINTED WIRING BOARD POWER BOARD (SRV1838UC) (SIDE A) (DVP-NS71HP/NS75H) POWER BOARD (SRV1838UC) (SIDE B) (DVP-NS71HP/NS75H) • : Uses unleaded solder. 4-34 4-33 POWER BOARD POWER BLOCK (SRV1838UC) POWER BOARD (SRV1838UC) SIDE A IC101 A-4 IC502 A-7 Q401 C-8 Q501 A-7 D105 B-3 D106 B-4 D107 A-4 D108 A-4 D201 C-5 D202 B-5 D301 B-6 D401 A-5 D402 A-6 D501 C-5 D601 B-5 SIDE B IC501 A-3 Q301 A-1 Q302 A-1 D101 B-6 There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. For printed wiring board B A 1 2 7 6 5 4 3 IF-146 Board (INTERFACE) SW-470 Board (SWITCH) MV-49 Board (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO (2ch), AUDIO (8ch), POWER SUPPLY, HDMI) ER-41 Board (SCART) (DVD-NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) Power Board B A 1 2 6 7 5 4 3 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 4-35 4-36 For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-33 for printed wiring board of Power board. POWER BOARD POWER SUPPLY (SRV1838UC) (DVP-NS71HP/NS75H) -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:PB MODE MARKED:MOUNT TABLE POWER BOARD POWER BLOCK (SRV1838UC) 10 EVER-10V 9 POWER SW 8 P-CONT 7 GND 6 SW+5V 5 SW+3.3V 4 EVER+5V 3 EVER+11V 2 MTR GND 1 SW+8V TO CN601 MV-49 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-27 TO 4-28) CN201 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H • : Uses unleaded solder. 4-38 4-37 POWER BOARD POWER BLOCK (SRV1839WW) POWER BOARD (SRV1839WW) SIDE A IC101 A-4 IC502 A-7 Q401 C-8 Q501 A-7 D105 B-3 D106 B-4 D107 A-4 D108 A-4 D201 C-5 D202 B-5 D301 B-6 D401 A-5 D402 A-6 D501 C-5 D601 B-5 SIDE B IC501 A-3 Q301 A-1 Q302 A-1 D101 B-6 There are a few cases that the part printed on this diagram isn’t mounted in this model. For printed wiring board B A 1 2 7 6 5 4 3 POWER BLOCK (SRV1839WW) PRINTED WIRING BOARD POWER BOARD (SRV1839WW) (SIDE A) (DVP-NS76H) POWER BOARD (SRV1839WW) (SIDE B) (DVP-NS76H) B A 1 2 6 7 5 4 3 IF-146 Board (INTERFACE) SW-470 Board (SWITCH) MV-49 Board (CPU, Servo-DSP, AVDEC, DRIVE, VIDEO, AUDIO (2ch), AUDIO (8ch), POWER SUPPLY, HDMI) ER-41 Board (SCART) (DVD-NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) Power Board w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1 A B C D E F G H I J 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 15 The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. For Schematic Diagram • Refer to page 4-37 for printed wiring board of Power board. POWER BOARD POWER SUPPLY (SRV1839WW) (DVP-NS76H) -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:PB MODE MARKED:MOUNT TABLE 4-39 4-40E POWER BOARD POWER BLOCK (SRV1839WW) 10 EVER-10V 9 POWER SW 8 P-CONT 7 GND 6 SW+5V 5 SW+3.3V 4 EVER+5V 3 EVER+11V 2 MTR GND 1 SW+8V TO CN601 MV-49 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-27 TO 4-28) CN201 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-1 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H SECTION 5 IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION Pin No. Pin name Type Function 1 AGND Ground pin for analog circuitry 2 DVDA Analog Input AC coupled input path A 3 DVDB Analog Input AC coupled input path B 4 DVDC Analog Input AC coupled input path C 5 DVDD Analog Input AC coupled input path D 6 DVDRFIP Analog Input AC coupled DVD RF signal input RFIP 7 DVDRFIN Analog Input AC coupled DVD RF signal input RFIN 8 MA Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input A 9 MB Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input B 10 MC Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input C 11 MD Analog Input DC coupled main-beam RF signal input D 12 SA Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal input A 13 SB Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal input B 14 SC Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal input C 15 SD Analog Input DC coupled sub-beam RF signal input D 16 SDFON Analog Input CD focusing error negative input 17 SDFOP Analog Input CD focusing error positive input 18 TNI Analog Input 3 beam satellite PD signal negative input 19 TPI Analog Input 3 beam satellite PD signal positive input 20 MDI1 Analog Input Laser power monitor input 21 MDI2 Analog Input Laser power monitor input 22 LDO2 Analog Output Laser driver output 23 LDO1 Analog Output Laser driver output 24 SVDD3 Power Analog 3.3V power 25 CSO Analog Output Central servo 26 RFLVL Analog Output RFRP low pass output 27 SGND Ground Ground pin for analog circuitry 28 V2REFO Analog Output Reference voltage 2.8V 29 V20 Analog Output Reference voltage 2.0V 30 VREFO Analog Output Reference voltage 1.4V 31 FEO Analog Output Focus error monitor output 32 TEO Analog Output Tracking error monitor output 33 TEZISLV Analog Output TE Slicing Level 34 OP_OUT Analog Output OP amp output 35 OP_INN Analog Input OP amp negative input 36 OP_INP Analog Input OP amp positive input 37 DMO Analog Output Disc motor control output. PWM output 38 FMO Analog Output Feed motor control. PWM output 39 TROPENPWM Analog Output Tray PWM output/Tray open output 40 IOPMON Analog Input IOP Monitor 41 TRO Analog Output PDM output of tracking servo compensator 42 FOO Analog Output PDM output of focus servo compensator 43 USB_VSS Ground Ground pin for USB 44 NC Not used 45 NC Not used 46 USB_VDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for USB Input LVTTL 47 SPFG 3.3 V, SMT,PU General A/D input -> Iop Monitor 5-1. SYSTEM CONTROL PIN FUNCTION (MV-49 BOARD IC101) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-2 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H Pin No. Pin name Type Function 48 MSW Analog Output Laser Mode SW(H: DVD L: CD) 49 CKSW Analog Input Disc chucking SW sensor 50 OCSW Input Open Close Switch 51 EEWP Output EEPROM write Protect Control (L: write allowed) 52 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry 53 HA2 Output PU Host address bit2 54 HA3 Output PU Host address bit3 55 HA4 Output PU Host address bit4 56 HA5 Output PU Host address bit5 57 HA6 Output PU Host address bit6 58 HA7 Output PU Host address bit7 59 HA8 Output PU Host address bit8 60 HA18 Output SMT Host address bit18 61 HA19 Output SMT Host address bit19 62 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 63 APLLCAP Analog Input APLL External Capacitance connection 64 APLLVSS Ground Ground pin for audio clock circuitry 65 APLLVDD3 Power 3.3V power for audio clock circuitry 66 xWR Output SMT Write enable, active Low 67 HA16 Output Host address bit16 68 HA15 Output PU Host address bit15 69 HA14 Output PU Host address bit14 70 HA13 Output PU Host address bit13 71 HA12 Output PU Host address bit12 72 HA11 Output PU Host address bit11 73 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 74 HA10 Output PU Host address bit10 75 HA9 Output PU Host address bit9 76 HA20 Output SMT Host address bit20 77 xROMCS Output PU, SMT Chip select, active Low 78 HA1 Output PU Host address bit1 79 xRD Output SMT Read enable, active Low 80 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 81 HD0 Output Host data bit0 82 HD1 Output Host data bit1 83 HD2 Output Host data bit2 84 HD3 Output Host data bit3 85 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 86 HD4 Output Host data bit4 87 HD5 Output Host data bit5 88 HD6 Output Host data bit6 89 HA21 Output SMT Host address bit21 90 NC Not used 91 HD7 Output Host data bit7 92 HA17 Output Host address bit17 93 HA0 Output PU Host address bit0 94 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 95 NC Not used 96 NC Not used 97 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry Output PU,SMT 98 IFSDO Default High Ext. CPU Serial data output (H/W method) Output PU,SMT 99 IFCK Default High Ext. CPU Serial clock (H/W method) Output PU,SMT www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-3 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H Pin No. Pin name Type Function 100 xIFCS Default High Chip select for Ext.CPU (Low Active, H/W method) 101 IFSDI Input SMT Ext. CPU Serial data Input (H/W method) Output PU,SMT 102 SCL Default High IIC clock pin Output PU,SMT 103 SDA Default High IIC data pin Output PU,SMT 104 HDMI-SCL Fixed Low HDMI-DDC IIC Clock Pin 105 HDMI-SPA Fixed Low HDMI-DDC Data Pin 106 RXD Input PU,SMT Hardwired RS232C RXD Output PU,SMT 107 TXD Default High Hardwired RS232C TXD 108 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 109 ICE Output PU,SMT Ice mode enable 110 xSYSRST Input PU,SMT MT1389 reset input, active Low 111 NC Not Used 112 xTXINT PU,SMT 8032 external interrupt 0 (for MT1392) 113 DQM0 Output Mask for DRAM input/output byte 0 Output Default 114 IFBSY Input Ext. CPU Ready/Busy interrupt signal (H: Busy, L: ready) 115 RD7 Output DRAM data bit7 116 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 117 RD6 Output DRAM data bit6 118 RD5 Output DRAM data bit5 119 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 120 RD4 Output DRAM data bit4 121 RD3 Output DRAM data bti3 122 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry 123 RD2 Output DRAM data bit2 124 RD1 Output DRAM data bit1 125 RD0 Output DRAM data bit0 126 RD15 Output DRAM data bit15 127 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 128 RD14 Output DRAM data bit14 129 RD13 Output DRAM data bit13 130 RD12 Output DRAM data bit12 131 RD11 Output DRAM data bit11 132 RD10 Output DRAM data bit10 133 RD9 Output DRAM data bit9 134 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal circuitry 135 RD8 Output DRAM data bit8 Output Default 136 LIMITSW Input Inlimit SW sensor input signal 137 DQM1 Output Mask for DRAM input/output byte 1 138 RWE# Output DRAM write enable 139 CAS# Output DRAM columm address strobe 140 RAS# Output DRAM row address strobe 141 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 142 RCS# Output DRAM chip select 143 BA0 Output DRAM bank address 0 144 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 145 BA1 Output DRAM bank address 1 146 RA10 Output DRAM address bit10 147 RA0 Output DRAM address bit0 148 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 149 RA1 Output DRAM address bit1 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-4 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H Pin No. Pin name Type Function 150 RA2 Output DRAM address bit2 151 RA3 Output DRAM address bit3 152 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry 153 NC Not used 154 NC Not used 155 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 156 DRCLK Output DRAM clock 157 CKE Output DRAM clock enable 158 RA11 Output PD DRAM address bit11 159 RA9 Output DRAM address bit9 160 RA8 Output DRAM address bit8 161 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 162 RA7 Output DRAM address bit7 163 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 164 RA6 Output DRAM address bit6 165 RA5 Output DRAM address bit5 166 RA4 Output DRAM address bit4 167 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 168 SMPTE_Y7 Output Video data output bit 7 169 SMPTE_Y6 Output Video data output bit 6 170 SMPTE_Y5 Output Video data output bit 5 171 SMPTE_Y4 Output Video data output bit 4 172 SMPTE_Y3 Output Video data output bit 3 173 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal digital circuitry Output Default 174 SMPTE_Y2 Output Video data output bit 2 175 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 176 SMPTE_Y1 Output Video data output bit 1 177 SMPTE_Y0 Output Video data output bit 0 178 TSD_M Input PU SERVO GPIO 3 179 WIDE Output PU Voltage select output signal for S-terminal (H: 16:9, L: 4:3) 180 EUROVY Output PD CVBS/S terminal select output signal (H: CBVS, L: S-terminal) 181 TSD-M Output PD Thermal shutdown for motor driver 182 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 183 MUTE Output PD Servo driver mute signal 184 MUTE123 Output PD Servo driver mute signal 185 REV Output PD Loading control signal (Reverse) 186 FWD Output PD Loading control signal (Forward) 187 RGBSEL Output PD RGB/YCbCr: select output signal (H: RGB Disable, L: RGB) 188 XDACS Output PD Chip select for DAC (Active Low) 189 DACVDDC Power 3.3V power for Video DAC circuitry 190 VREF Analog Input Bandgap Ref Voltage (No connect) 191 FS Analog Input Full Scale Adjustment 192 CIN Output Compensation capasitor 193 DACVSSC Ground Ground pin for Video DAC circuitry 194 Y Output Analog Y output 195 DACVDDB Power 3.3V power for Video DAC circuitry 196 C Output Analog chroma output 197 DACVSSB Ground Ground pin for Video DAC circuitry 198 CVBS Output Analog composit output 199 DACVDDA Power 3.3V power for Video DAC circuitry 200 Y/G Output Green signal on Y signal output 201 DACVSSA Ground Ground pin for Video DAC circuitry 202 B/Cb/Pb Output Blue signal or Cb signal output 203 R/Cr/Pr Output Red signal or Cr signal output www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-5 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H Pin No. Pin name Type Function 204 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for Video DAC digital circuitry 205 VSYN Output SMT Vertical sync signal output for ITU-R BT.601 206 xMAMUTE Output SMT Main Audio mute signal 207 HSYN Output SMT Horizontal sync signal output for ITU-R BT.601 Output Default 208 ADSCK Output ADAC Serial Clock 209 NC Not used 210 ADSDO Output ADAC Serial data output 211 NC Not used 212 DVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for internal digital circuitry 213 ALRCK Output PD,SMT Audio left/right channel clock 214 ABCK Output Audio Bit Clock output (ADAC BCK output) 215 ACLK Output Master clock output for Audio DAC (ADAC CLK (Master clock) output) 216 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 217 ASDATA0 Output PD, SMT Audio serial data 0:L/R 218 ASDATA1 Output PD, SMT Audio serial data 1:SL/SR 219 ASDATA2 Output PD, SMT Audio serial data 2:C/SW 220 xRST Default Low Reset output signal for ADAC (Low Active) 221 DVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for intenal digital circuitry 222 ASDATA4 Output PD,SMT Audio serial data 4:Down-mixed L/R 223 DVSS Ground Ground pin for internal digital circuitry 224 DISC/XEXT Output DISC/External input select output signal (H: DISC, L: EXT in) 225 SPDIF Output SPDIF output 226 RFGND18 Ground Ground pin for internal analog circuitry 227 RFVDD18 Power 1.8V power pin for internal analog circuitry 228 XTALO Output 27MHz crystal output 229 XTALI Input 27MHz crystal input 230 JITFO Analog Output The output terminal of RF jitter meter 231 JITFN Analog Input The input terminal of RF jitter meter 232 PLLVSS Ground Ground pin for data PLL and related analog circuitry 233 IDACEXLP Analog Output Data PLL DAC Low-pass filter 234 PLLVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for data PLL and related analog circuitry 235 LPFON Analog Output The negative output terminal of loop filter amplifier 236 LPFIP Analog Input The positive input terminal of loop filter amplifier 237 LPFIN Analog Input The negative input of loop filter amplifier 238 LPFOP Analog Output The positive output of loop filter amplifier 239 ADCVDD3 Power Power pin for ADC circuitry 240 S_VCM Analog Input SACD Common mode reference 241 ADCVSS Ground Ground pin for ADC circuitry 242 S_VREFP Analog Input SACD Top reference 243 S_VREFN Analog Input SACD Buttom reference 244 RFVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for RF digital circuitry 245 RFRPDC Analog Output RF ripple detect output 246 RFRPAC Analog Input RF ripple detect input (through AC-coupling) 247 HRFZC Analog Input High frequency RF ripple zero crossing 248 CRTPLP Analog Output Defect level filter capacitor connecting 249 RFGND Ground Ground pin for RF digital circuitry 250 CEQP Analog Output EQ offset loop capasitance 251 CEQN Analaog Input EQ offset loop capasitance 252 OSP Analog Output RF Offset cancellation capacitor connecting 253 OSN Analog Output RF Offset cancellation capacitor connecting 254 RFGC Analog Output RF AGC loop capacitor conecting for DVD-ROM 255 IREF Analog Input Input reference current input 256 AVDD3 Power 3.3V power pin for analog circuirtry 5-5E www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-1 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H SECTION 6 TEST MODE 6-1. EXECUTING IOP MEASUREMENT In order to execute IOP measurement, the following standard procedures must be followed. (1) In standby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode. Remocon Diagnosis Menu 0. External Chip Check 1. Servo Parameter Check 2. Drive Manual Operation 3. Emergency History 4. Version information 5. Video Level Adjustment Model : xxx xxx xxx IF-con : Ver. xxx Syscon : Ver xxx (2) Select “2. Drive Manual Operation” by pressing the 2 key on the remote commander. The screen will appear as below. Drive Manual Operation 1. Servo Control 2. Track/Layer Jump 3. Manual Adjustment 4. Tray Aging Mode 0. Return to top Menu (3) Select “3. Manual Adjustment” by pressing the 3 key on the remote commander. The screen will appear as below. Manual Adjust 1. Track Balance Adjust: 2. Track Gain Adjust: 3. Focus Balance Adjust: 4. Focus Gain Adjust: 5. Eg boost Adjust: 6. Iop: 7. TRV. Level: 8. S curve(FE) Level: 9. RFL(PI) Level: 0. MIRR Time: $4 Change Value [RETURN] Return to previous menu (4) Select Iop by pressing 6 key on the remote commander. (5) Wait until a hexadecimal number appear. Manual Adjust 1. Track Balance Adjust: 2. Track Gain Adjust: 3. Focus Balance Adjust: 4. Focus Gain Adjust: 5. Eq Boost Adjust: 6. Iop. ED: 7. TRV. Level: 8. S curve(FE) Level: 9. RFL(PI) Level: 0. MIRR Time: $4 Change Value [RETURN] Return to previous menu (6) Convert data from hexadecimal to decimal. (7) Use the following formula to calculate IOP in mA IOP (mA)=IOP (decimal) x 0.622678. (8) Press [RETURN] to return back to previous menu. (9) Press - to return to Top Menu and power OFF the DVD Player. 6-2. EMERGENCY HISTORY CHECK Information of Emergency History. (1) In standby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode. (2) Select “3. Emergency History”. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 999h 59min DVD 999h 59min 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page (3) Laser Hours DVD Laser ON time. (Total ON time) CD Laser ON time. (Total ON time) (4) Emergency History The history information from last “1” to “10” can be scrolled with [NEXT] key or [PREV] key. (5) Error code Example of Error code 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-2 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H (6) Error code list 01: Communication error (No reply from syscon) 02: Syscon hung up 03: Power OFF request when syscon hung up 19: Thermal shutdown 24: MoveSledHome error 25: Mecha move error (5 Changer) 26: Mecha move stack error 30: DC Motor adjustment error 31: DPD offset adjustment error 32: TE Balance adjustment error 33. TE Sensor adjustment error 34. TE loop gain adjustment error 35. FE loop gain adjustment error 36. Bad jitter after adjustment 40. Focus NG 42. Focus Layer Jump NG 52. Open kick spindle error 51: Spindle stop error 60: Focus on error 61: Seek fail error 62: read Qdata/ID error 70: Lead In Data Read Fail 71: TOC read time out (CD) 80: Can’t Buffering 81: Unknown media type (7) Error code parameters Example of Error code 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 This is the detailed contents of error information (8) Laser hours at error happend. Example of Error code 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 This is Laser hours when an error happened. (9) How to Clear laser hours Press [DISPLAY], [CLEAR] keys in this order. Both CD and DVD data are cleared. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 0h 0min DVD 0h 0min 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page - Return to Top Menu (10) How to Clearing Emergency code Press [TOPMENU], [CLEAR] keys in this order. All emergency code are cleared. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 999h 59min DVD 999h 59min 1. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page (11) Press - key, return to TOP MENU. 6-3. INITIALIZING SETUP DATA How to initializing setup data. (1) In standby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode. (2) Select “3. Emergency History”. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 999h 59min DVD 999h 59min 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page (3) Initializing setup data Press [MENU], [CLEAR] keys in this order. The data have been initialized when “Initialize setup data...” mesage is displayed. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 999h 59min DVD 999h 59min Initialize setup data ... [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-3 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H (4) The Emergency history display screen will be restored soon. Emg. History Check Laser Hours CD 999h 59min DVD 999h 59min 1. 01 05 04 04 00 92 46 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 2. 02 02 01 01 00 A9 4B 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 [Next] Next Page [Prev] Prev Page (12) Press - key, return to TOP MENU. 6-4. VERSION INFORMATION Information of firmware version. (1) In standby mode, press [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] to enter Remocon Diagnosis Mode. (2) Select “4. Version Information”. Version information Firm (Main) : Ver. xxxxx Firm (Sub) : xxxxx RISC : xxxxx 8032 : xxxxx Audio DSP : xxxxx Servo DSP : Ver. xxxx Sub CPU : Ver. xxxx - Return to Top Menu (3) Press - key, return to TOP MENU. 6-5. IF CON SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION 1. IF-146 BOARDS (IF CON) TEXT MODE The IF-146 boards (IF CON) test mode is the IF CON self-diagnosis mode. The IF CON can diagnose the functions of the IF-146 boards that the IF CON controls. Normally, the IF CON makes a serial communication with the SYSTEM CONTROL and operates following the commands from the SYSTEM CONTROL, but in the Test mode, the IF CON operates independently from the SYSTEM CONTROL. In the test mode, the following functions can be checked. 1. Button function 2. Remote commander receiving function 3. SYSTEM CONTROL-IF CON serial communication 4. Fluorescent display tube lighting check - Grid check - Anode check 5. LED control function In the test mode, the main unit operates same as usual, except voltage monitoring, communication, display of fluorescent display tube, and LED control. 1. The routine that monitors +3.3V (PCONT) of MV-49 boards is not provided. 2. The monitoring timer for serial communication with the SYSTEM CONTROL is not provided. The main unit is not placed in the Standby mode, even if the communication with SYSTEM CONTROL is normal. 3. Display of fluorescent display tube. (Normally, display is mode following the commands from SYSTEM CONTROL). 4. LED control. (Normally, control is mode made following the commands from SYSTEM CONTROL). 2. OPERATION OF SELF CHECK MODE The Self Check mode is the function to conduct the basic test to the FL display and DVD panel section. 2-1. Self Check Mode Transition Processing At the AC Power ON after reset of IF CON is released, while pressing with the MV-49 boards are not connected to the IF-146 boards, or while pressing the x key on the main unit with the IF CON in STANDBY mode, enter [RETURN] t [DISPLAY] (or [SETUP]) on the remote commander, and the main unit transits to the Self Check Mode. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-4 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 2-2. Operation of Auto Self Check When the Self Check mode becomes active at the AC Power ON or by key input, the test display of the following steps (1) to (4) is repeated. (1) FLD and LED all ON (for 5 seconds) (2) MODEL display (for 2 seconds) (3) Version display (for 2 seconds) (4) ROM creation date display (for 2 seconds) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-5 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 2-3. Each Self Check Function Each Self Check function tests the FLD display, LED display, and key input. 2-3-1. FLD and LED All ON 2-3-1-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Z key and x key on the main unit • T key on the remote commander 2-3-1-2. Operation and display In this mode, all LEDs and all segments of FLD turn ON. • Example of FLD all ON 2-3-2. Main Unit Key Name Display and Key Code Display 2-3-2-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Keys on the main unit except keys transited in Self Check Mode 2-3-2-2. Operation and Display When a key on the main unit is pressed in the Self Check mode, the name of that key code is displayed on the FLD. Also, code “NOTHING” is displayed when nothing is entered. Also, DVD, VCD segments turn on when a communication error occurred. Input IC404: Pin No. (Signal) Voltage [V] PIN ef (AD1) PIN eg (O/C) PIN eh (STOP) PIN ej 0 - 0.20 PLAY OPEN/CLOSE STOP POWER 0.60 - 0.82 - - PROGRESSIVE - 1.16 - 1.47 PREVIOUS - - - 1.80 - 2.12 NEXT - - - 2.48 - 2.70 - - - - www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-6 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H • Key code display (at input of H key, key code: 0Ah) • At input of faulty voltage • When key is pressed double 2-3-3. Remote Commander 2-3-3-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Remote commander keys except keys transited in Self Check Mode 2-3-3-2. Operation and Display When a key on the remote commander is pressed in the Self Check Mode, the name of that key code is displayed on the FLD. Aslo, code “NOTHING” is displayed when nothing is entered. Also, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on when a communication error occurred. • Remote commander key code display (at input of X key, key code:39h) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-7 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 2-3-4. Communication Monitoring Display The communication state is monitored and displayed while the key name on the main unit and the remote commander is displayed. When the communication to the System Controller failed, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on. • Communication error display (at no input of key and remote commander) • Communication error display (at code display without input of the remote commander) 2-3-5. FLD Anode Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-5-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • t key on the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Anode Test display (This unit does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/SHUTTLE) 2-3-5-2. Operation and Display The Self Check Mode transits to this mode when t key is entered. This tests whether each segment turns on individually. Only the first segment of each grid of FLD turns on, and each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the segment of each grid switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the segment switches in 1 - 2 -3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 - 2- 1 direction. • Display at the start of Anode Test r (Input in CW direction) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-8 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 2-3-6. FLD Grid Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-6-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • R key on the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Grid Test display (This unit does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/SHUTTLE) 2-3-6-2. Operation and Display The Self Check Mode transits to this mode when R key is entered. This tests whether each grid turns on individually. The first grid only of FLD turns on and other grid turn off. Each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the grid is switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the grid switched in 1 - 2 - 3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 - 2 - 1 direction. • Display at the start of Grid Test 2-3-7. LED Test Display 2-3-7-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • r key on the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Grid Test display (This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/SHUTTLE) 2-3-7-2. Operation and Display LED is switched in order by the input JOG/SHUTTLE on the remote commander. Also, LED ON/OFF is switched by the input of same key as the function that turns on the LED conncerned. • FLD display during LED Test r (Input in CW direction) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-9 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 7G 6G 5G 4G 3G 2G 1G col - col - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp a a a a a a a k k k k k k k j j j j j j j h h h h h h h b b b b b b b f f f f f f f m m m m m m m s s s s s s s g g g g g g g c c c c c c c d d d d d d d r r r r r r r p p p p p p p n n n n n n n e e e e e e e 6G 2G 1G 6G 7G 5G 4G 3G 2G Dp (7G, 4G) (7G~3G, 1G) col (7G~1G) ANODE CONNECTION P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P18 P19 P20 a f h g e r p n s c m d j k b 6-9E www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-1 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H This section describes procedures and instructions necessary for adjusting electrical circuits in this unit. Instruments required: (1) Color monitor TV (2) Oscilloscope 1 or 2 phenomena, band width over 100 MHz, with delay mode (3) Frequency counter (over 8 digits) (4) Digital multimeter (5) Standard commander (RMT-D175A/RMT-D175P) (6) DVD reference disc HLX-501 (J-6090-071-A) (dual layer) (NTSC) HLX-503 (J-6090-069-A) (single layer) (NTSC) HLX-504 (J-6090-088-A) (single layer) (NTSC) HLX-505 (J-6090-089-A) (dual layer) (NTSC) 7-1. POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHECK Mode Except standby Instrument Digital multimeter EVER +5 V Check Test point CN201 pin 4 Specification 5.0 ± 0.3 Vdc SW +3.3 V Check Test point CN201 pin 5 Specification 3.35 ± 0.2 Vdc SW+5 V Check Test point CN201 pin 6 Specification 5.0 Vdc SW +8 V Check Test point CN201 pin 1 Specification 8.0 ± 0.5 Vdc EVER +11 V Check Test point CN201 pin 3 Specification 11.0 Vdc EVER –10 V Check Test point CN201 pin q; Specification –10.0 Vdc Checking method: (1) Confirm that each voltage satisfies the specification. Caution! Please do not touch any electrical parts at primary circuit to avoid electrical shock. +0.5 –1.0 +1.0 –0.5 +0.2 –0.3 SECTION 7 ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-2 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p A 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p 1.0 ±0.08 Vp-p 7-2. ADJUSTMENT OF VIDEO SYSTEM 1. Checking Video Level Checking Video Level the NTSC/PAL standard, and if not correct, the brightness will be too large or small. Mode HLX-504 play back Signal Color bars 100% Test point LINE OUT (VIDEO) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p Adjusting method: 1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back. 2) Confirm that the Video Level is 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p. Fig. 7-1. 2. Checking Progressive Video Output Level Check progressive video output level. If it is incorrect, correct brightness will not be attained when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode HLX-504 play back Signal Color bars 100% Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p Adjusting method: 1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back. 2) Confirm that the Y level is 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p. Fig. 7-2. 3. Checking S Video Output S-Y Check S-terminal video output. If it is incorrect, pictures will not be displayed correctly in spite of connection to the TV with a S-terminal cable. Mode HLX-504 play back Signal Color bars 100% Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back. 2) Confirm that the S-Y level is 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p. Fig. 7-3. 4. Checking S Video Output S-C This checks whether the S-C satisfies the NTSC/PAL standard. If it is not correct, the colors will be too dark or light. Mode HLX-504 play back Signal Color bars 100% Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-C) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification A = 286 ± 50 mVp-p (NTSC) A = 300 ± 50 mVp-p (PAL) Checking method: 1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back. 2) Confirm that the S-C burst is “A”. Fig. 7-4. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-3 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 1.0 ±0.08 Vp-p A B 5. Checking Component Video Output Y This checks component video output Y. If it is incorrect, correct brightness will not be attained when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode HLX-504 play back Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector, (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back. 2) Confirm that the Y level is 1.0 ± 0.08 Vp-p. Fig. 7-5. 6. Checking Component Video Output B-Y This checks component video output B-Y. If it is incorrect, correct colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode HLX-504 play back Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PB) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification A = 700 ± 70 mVp-p Checking method: 1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back. 2) Confirm that the B-Y level is A. Fig. 7-6. 7. Checking Component Video Output R-Y This checks component video output R-Y. If it is incorrect, correct colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode HLX-504 play back Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PR) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification B = 700 ± 70 mVp-p Checking method: 1) In the Video Signal menu “1” Color Bar 100% play back. 2) Confirm that the R-Y level is B. Fig. 7-7. 7-3E www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-1 SECTION 8 REPAIR PARTS LIST NOTE: • -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. • The mechanical parts with no reference number in the exploded views are not supplied. • Color Indication of Appearance Parts Example: KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED) R R Parts Color Cabinet's Color 8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS • Abbreviation AEP : Europe Model CND : Canadian Model E : Latin America Model KR : Korea Model RUS : Russian Model SP : Singapore Model The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 8-1-1. MAIN SECTION ns : not supplied f g a n 3 9 qa qd qd m 6 qj o qh a q; 1 2 h 4 5 qd qg h f p p g qf 8 j ns qd ns ns ns l l o 7 6 6 n 6 qk ns ns j b b (NS76H: AEP,UK ONLY) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-2 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 1 3-070-883-41 SCREW, TAPPING 2 A-1164-622-A SERVICE ASSY, CASE UPPER 3 2-660-717-11 COVER, TRAY (NS71HP/NS75H) 3 2-660-717-41 COVER, TRAY (NS76H) 4 X-2108-001-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS71HP/NS75H) 4 X-2108-006-2 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS76H) 4 X-2148-042-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (NS71HP) 5 3-087-053-01 +BVTP2.6 (3CR) 6 3-077-331-11 +BV3 (3-CR) 7 1-828-451-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS71HP/NS75H) 7 1-828-450-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (EXCEPT NS76H:UK,KR) 7 1-828-871-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS76H:KR) 8 1-831-570-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-010) 9 1-831-569-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FSW-002) * 10 1-831-571-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMS-011) * 11 1-831-572-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FIM-014) * 12 1-831-575-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FME-005) (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS) 13 3-077-331-21 +BV3 (3-CR) 14 A-1164-623-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS71HP/NS75H) 14 A-1164-642-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS76H:E) 14 A-1164-630-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS76H:SP) 14 A-1166-008-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS76H:KR) 14 A-1171-331-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS76H:AEP,UK) 14 A-1171-483-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS76H:RUS) 15 1-468-974-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (NS71HP/NS75H) 15 1-468-973-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (NS76H) 16 3-081-834-21 BATTERY COVER (SMK7G) 17 1-479-179-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175A) (NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H:E,KR) 17 1-479-179-21 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175P) (NS76H:SP,AEP,UK,RUS) 18 3-088-023-01 +B3 (3-CR) Note : The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 7 1-828-454-11 POWER-SUPPLY CORD (NS76H:UK) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-3 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H 8-1-2. MECHANISM DECK ASSEMBLY ns : not supplied Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 20 A-6071-669-A LOADING ASSY(M) 21 3-088-372-01 INSULATOR 22 3-087-599-01 INSULATOR SCREW 23 4-674-137-11 SCREW (PTP2X5) 24 3-088-371-01 BELT 25 4-974-725-11 SCREW (M1.7X2.5), P 26 8-820-321-05 DEVICE,OPTICAL KHM-313CAA/C2RP 21 21 20 22 22 22 21 22 21 23 24 26 25 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-4 NOTE: • Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts specified in the diagrams or the components used on the set. • -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • RESISTORS All resistors are in ohms. METAL: Metal-film resistor. METAL OXIDE: Metal oxide-film resistor. F: nonflammable • Not all of the parts for POWER BLOCK (HS12S2U) are listed. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. • SEMICONDUCTORS In each case, u: µ, for example: uA. . : µA. . uPA. . : µPA. . uPB. . : µPB. . uPC. . : µPC. . uPD. . : µPD. . • CAPACITORS uF: µF • COILS uH: µH • Abbreviation AEP : Europe Model CND : Canadian Model E : Latin America Model KR : Korea Model RUS : Russian Model SP : Singapore Model 8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board. DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H ER-41 BOARD ******************* C904 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF C905 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF C906 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF C907 1-126-947-11 CAP, ELECT 47MF C909 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C910 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C913 1-164-489-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10.00% 16V C914 1-164-489-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10.00% 16V C943 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C945 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C962 1-163-251-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C963 1-163-251-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V CN901 1-815-387-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 21P * CN902 1-568-942-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 4P CN903 1-816-044-12 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 21P D901 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 D902 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 D907 8-719-050-37 DIODE M1MA152WA-T1 D929 8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B D930 8-719-083-63 DIODE UDZSTE-1713B D932 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D933 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D934 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D935 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D938 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 D939 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 FB907 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP FB908 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP FB909 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP FB910 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP FB911 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0UH FB957 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0UH FB958 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0UH IC901 6-705-924-01 IC LA73052-TLM-E IC902 8-759-667-17 IC L79M05TLL-SONY-TL-E JR902 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR905 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR906 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR907 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR914 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR918 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 Q901 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 Q902 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 Q903 8-729-024-83 TRANSISTOR MUN2111T1 Q906 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 Q907 8-729-024-83 TRANSISTOR MUN2111T1 Q908 8-729-024-87 TRANSISTOR MUN2211T1 Q909 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 Q910 6-550-840-01 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YGR-TE85L Q911 6-550-840-01 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YGR-TE85L Q912 6-550-841-01 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-YGR-TE85L Q913 6-550-841-01 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-YGR-TE85L ER-41 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-5 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H R907 1-216-055-91 RES-CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R908 1-216-105-91 RES-CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R909 1-216-037-91 RES-CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R910 1-216-037-91 RES-CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R911 1-216-037-91 RES-CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R912 1-216-037-91 RES-CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R914 1-216-051-91 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R915 1-216-033-91 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R916 1-216-051-91 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R917 1-216-051-91 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R918 1-208-755-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R919 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R922 1-216-033-91 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R924 1-216-041-91 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R926 1-216-041-91 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R927 1-208-755-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R928 1-208-755-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R929 1-208-755-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R934 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R935 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R939 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R945 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R946 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R947 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R948 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R950 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R951 1-216-049-91 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R952 1-216-049-91 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R953 1-216-049-91 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R954 1-216-049-91 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R956 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R963 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W IF-146 BOARD ******************* C401 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C403 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C404 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C405 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C406 1-163-009-91 CAP,CHIP CERAMIC 1000PF B 2012 C409 1-104-665-91 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 25V C410 1-130-479-91 MYLAR 0.0047UF 5.00% 50V C411 1-115-339-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 50V C412 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C413 1-115-339-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 50V C414 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C416 1-164-489-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10.00% 16V C417 1-164-489-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10.00% 16V CN401 1-770-167-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 19P CN403 1-794-479-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 9P D402 6-501-193-01 DIODE 1SS355WTE-17 D403 6-501-193-01 DIODE 1SS355WTE-17 D406 6-500-021-01 DIODE MM3Z4V7ST1 * ET401 1-537-738-21 TERMINAL, EARTH * ET402 1-537-738-21 TERMINAL, EARTH IC404 6-806-296-01 IC 86CK74AFG-6FP0 IC407 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G IC408 6-704-114-01 IC S-80828CNUA-B8NT2G JR401 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR402 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR403 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR404 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR405 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR406 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR407 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR408 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR409 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR411 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR412 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR417 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 L401 1-408-982-81 INDUCTOR 100UH ND401 1-519-795-11 VACUUM FLUORESCENT DISPLAY Q401 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q Q402 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q Q404 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111 Q405 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211 R401 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R403 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R404 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R405 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R406 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R407 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R408 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R409 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R411 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R413 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R416 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R417 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) IF-146 ER-41 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-6 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H R418 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R419 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R420 1-216-027-91 RES-CHIP 120 5% 1/10W R421 1-216-013-91 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R422 1-216-097-91 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R423 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R426 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R427 1-216-083-91 RES-CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R433 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) (NS76H ONLY) R434 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) (NS76H ONLY) R436 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) (NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H:E ) R436 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W ( NS76H: SP, KR) R436 1-216-057-91 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W ( NS76H: AEP,UK) R436 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W ( NS76H: RUS) R437 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) (NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H :SP,KR) R437 1-216-057-91 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W ( NS76H:E ) R437 1-216-081-91 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W (NS76H:RUS) R439 1-216-073-91 RES, CHIP 10K (2012) R440 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 T401 1-443-906-11 DC-DC CONVERTER TRANSFORMER X401 1-781-472-21 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC A-1164-623-A SERVICE ASSY, MV NS71HP/NS75H) A-1164-642-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS76H:E) A-1164-630-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS76H:SP) A-1166-008-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS76H:KR) A-1171-331-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS76H:AEP,UK) A-1171-483-A SERVICE ASSY, MV (NS76H:RUS) ***************** C101 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C102 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C103 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C105 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20% 10V C106 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C112 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20% 10V C113 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C114 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C115 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C116 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C117 1-124-779-21 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C118 1-124-779-21 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C119 1-124-779-21 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C120 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C121 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C122 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C123 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C124 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C125 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C126 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C127 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C128 1-162-965-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015UF 10.00% 50V C130 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C131 1-125-889-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 10% 10V C132 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C133 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C135 1-164-677-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C136 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C137 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C138 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C139 1-162-919-91 CERAMIC CHIP 22PF 5.00% 50V C140 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C141 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C142 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C143 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C144 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C145 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C147 1-165-176-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V C148 1-165-176-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V C149 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C150 1-124-779-21 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C151 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C152 1-162-917-91 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5.00% 50V C153 1-162-917-91 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5.00% 50V C154 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C155 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C156 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C157 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C158 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C160 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C161 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C162 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C163 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C164 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C171 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C172 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C173 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C174 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C175 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C176 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C177 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20% 10V C179 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C180 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C181 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C182 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C183 1-128-934-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.33UF 20% 10V C184 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C186 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C187 1-126-208-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 4V C189 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C190 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20% 10V C191 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V MV IF-146 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-7 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H C192 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C193 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C195 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C197 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C198 1-165-908-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 10% 10V C199 1-162-968-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V C203 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C205 1-164-230-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V C206 1-164-230-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V C208 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C209 1-164-677-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C210 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C211 1-164-677-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033UF 10.00% 16V C212 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C213 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C214 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C215 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C217 1-126-204-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 16V C218 1-124-779-21 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C219 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C220 1-124-779-21 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C221 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C222 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C223 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C224 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C225 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C226 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C233 1-162-968-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V C301 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C310 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20% 10V C311 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C312 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C313 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20% 10V C314 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C401 1-164-739-91 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5.00% 50V C402 1-164-739-91 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5.00% 50V C403 1-164-218-91 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5.00% 50V C404 1-164-218-91 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5.00% 50V C405 1-164-218-91 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5.00% 50V C406 1-164-218-91 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5.00% 50V C407 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C408 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C409 1-126-193-21 ELECT CHIP 1UF 20.00% 50V C410 1-126-204-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 16V C411 1-126-204-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 16V C412 1-126-193-21 ELECT CHIP 1UF 20.00% 50V C413 1-117-681-21 ELECT CHIP 100UF 20.00% 16V C415 1-164-230-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V C416 1-164-230-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V C422 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C425 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C427 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20% 10V C428 1-124-779-21 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C429 1-124-779-21 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C432 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C433 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C434 1-124-779-21 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C435 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C444 1-126-204-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 16V C445 1-117-681-21 ELECT CHIP 100UF 20.00% 16V C508 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) C509 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) C510 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) C511 1-162-927-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) C602 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20% 10V C603 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20% 10V C604 1-163-251-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) C610 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C701 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C702 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C703 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C704 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C707 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP 22UF 20% 10V C709 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C710 1-124-779-21 ELECT CHIP 10UF 20.00% 16V C711 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C712 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C713 1-164-172-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0056UF 10.00% 25V C714 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C715 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20% 10V C716 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C717 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C718 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C719 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C720 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C723 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C725 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C726 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C727 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C729 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C730 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C731 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP 22UF 20% 10V C732 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C733 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C734 1-162-970-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C736 1-126-208-21 ELECT CHIP 47UF 20.00% 4V C1101 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C1103 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C1104 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C1106 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C1107 1-162-964-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V * CN105 1-770-470-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P * CN201 1-770-470-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P * CN601 1-770-468-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P CN604 1-573-290-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD) 4P (DVP-NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) CN1701 1-573-806-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD) 6P D308 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D309 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D310 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) MV www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-8 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H D401 8-719-914-43 DIODE DAN202K D402 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K D403 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K (DVP-NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) D404 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 FB106 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB107 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB108 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB111 1-469-670-21 FERRITE 0UH FB112 1-469-670-21 FERRITE 0UH FB115 1-469-670-21 FERRITE 0UH FB116 1-414-226-21 FERRITE 0UH FB117 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH FB118 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH FB119 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH FB120 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH FB121 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH FB122 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH FB123 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB124 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH FB125 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH FB126 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH FB129 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH FB501 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) FB502 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) FB503 1-469-118-21 FERRITE 0UH (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) FB601 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB602 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB603 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB605 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FB606 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH FL601 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL602 1-233-893-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI FL603 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH FL701 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL703 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL704 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) FL705 1-234-494-21 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD) IC101 6-706-727-01 IC CXD9804R IC102 IC(ROM) IC103 SEE NOTE IC104 6-707-897-01 IC EDS6416AHTA-75-E IC105 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G IC108 6-703-224-01 IC S-80828CNNB-B8NT2G IC110 6-707-739-01 IC MM1661JTRE IC201 6-704-524-01 IC FAN8036L IC303 8-759-667-17 IC L79M05TLL-SONY-TL-E IC304 6-706-453-01 IC NJM2587V(TE2) IC401 6-707-187-01 IC HA17558AFEL-E IC403 6-706-025-01 IC HA178L05UA-TL-E IC404 6-600-431-01 ICGP1FAV50TK0F IC406 6-707-490-01 IC AK4385ET-E2 IC701 6-708-682-01 IC CXD9873Q IC702 6-702-300-01 IC TK11118CSCL-G IC703 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G IC705 6-703-046-01 IC SN74LVC1G08DCKR IC706 SEE NOTE IC707 6-705-337-01 IC TK11150CSCL-G IC708 6-806-400-01 IC MB95F108SPFV-GE1-E001 * LF701 1-813-308-11 INDUCTOR 0UH * LF702 1-813-308-11 INDUCTOR 0UH * LF703 1-813-308-11 INDUCTOR 0UH * LF704 1-813-308-11 INDUCTOR 0UH PS601 1-576-892-11 FUSE 1A 32V PS602 1-576-892-11 FUSE 1A 32V MV Note : The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. Notes: MV-49 mounted PWB must be replaced if IC103 (EEPROM) is damaged or not functioning. The old MV-49 mounted PWB must be completely destroyed before disposal, as required by CPRM-key regulation. Notes: Special key has been written in the IC706 (HDCP key) and therefore the IC706 cannot be replaced. If this IC is faulty, replace the board entirely. IC107 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-9 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H Q101 6-550-008-01 TRANSISTOR UM6K1N-TN Q102 6-550-653-01 TRANSISTOR QST8TR Q103 8-729-424-63 TRANSISTOR UN2212-TX Q304 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 Q305 8-729-024-83 TRANSISTOR MUN2111T1 Q401 8-729-010-10 TRANSISTOR MSB710-RT1 Q402 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 Q403 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 Q404 8-729-424-72 TRANSISTOR UN2217-QRS-TX Q405 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 Q406 8-729-024-89 TRANSISTOR MUN2213T1 (DVP-NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) Q407 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q408 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q409 8-729-424-72 TRANSISTOR UN2217-QRS-TX (DVP-NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) Q410 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 (DVP-NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) Q411 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 Q416 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 Q601 6-551-458-01 TRANSISTOR KTD1624-B Q602 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111 Q701 8-729-012-58 TRANSISTOR 2SK1399-T1B Q702 8-729-012-58 TRANSISTOR 2SK1399-T1B R101 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R102 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R103 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R106 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R107 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R108 1-216-857-91 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R109 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R110 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R111 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R112 1-211-977-91 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W R113 1-211-977-91 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W R114 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R115 1-211-977-91 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W R116 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R117 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R118 1-216-801-91 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R120 1-216-801-91 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R121 1-216-801-91 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R123 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R124 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R132 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R133 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R134 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R135 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R136 1-216-835-91 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R137 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R138 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R139 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R140 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R141 1-216-855-91 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W R142 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R144 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R145 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R146 1-216-805-91 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R147 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R148 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R151 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R152 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R153 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R154 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R155 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R156 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R158 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R159 1-216-805-91 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R160 1-216-805-91 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R161 1-216-805-91 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R162 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R164 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R166 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R169 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R171 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R172 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R173 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R174 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R175 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R183 1-216-805-91 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R184 1-216-805-91 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R185 1-216-805-91 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R189 1-218-827-91 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W R190 1-218-827-91 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W R191 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R192 1-218-827-91 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W R193 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R195 1-218-827-91 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W R204 1-216-822-91 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R205 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R206 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R207 1-216-826-91 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R208 1-216-839-91 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R209 1-216-839-91 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R212 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R213 1-218-867-11 RES, CHIP 6.8K (1608) R214 1-216-835-91 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R215 1-216-834-91 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-834-91 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W R219 1-216-838-91 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R221 1-218-889-91 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R222 1-216-839-91 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R223 1-218-895-91 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R224 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R225 1-218-895-91 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R226 1-218-889-91 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R227 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R228 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R230 1-218-893-91 METAL CHIP 82K 0.5% 1/10W R231 1-218-875-91 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/10W MV www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-10 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H R232 1-218-877-91 METAL CHIP 18K 0.5% 1/10W R233 1-218-883-91 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/10W R234 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R236 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R237 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R239 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R243 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R246 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R247 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R320 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R320 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R321 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R322 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R325 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R327 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R331 1-211-990-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R333 1-211-990-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R334 1-211-990-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R335 1-211-990-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R336 1-211-990-91 METAL CHIP 75 0.5% 1/10W R347 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R348 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R349 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R350 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R351 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R388 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R389 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R390 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R393 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R394 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R398 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R399 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R401 1-208-799-91 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R402 1-208-799-91 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R403 1-208-799-91 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R404 1-208-799-91 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R405 1-208-800-91 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R406 1-208-800-91 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R407 1-216-825-91 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R408 1-216-825-91 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R409 1-216-825-91 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R410 1-216-825-91 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R411 1-208-800-91 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R412 1-208-800-91 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R413 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R414 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R416 1-216-830-91 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W R417 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R418 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R419 1-216-849-91 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R420 1-216-817-91 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R421 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R422 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R424 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R425 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R426 1-216-817-91 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W MV R427 1-216-817-91 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R428 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R429 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R431 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R432 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R433 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R434 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R435 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ) R436 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R437 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R438 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R439 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R440 1-216-817-91 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R441 1-216-817-91 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R442 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R443 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R444 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R449 1-216-813-91 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R451 1-216-807-91 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R452 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R453 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R454 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R456 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R463 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R468 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R475 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R476 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R484 1-216-830-91 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W R529 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R541 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R542 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R543 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R544 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (NS76H:AEP,UK,RUS ONLY) R601 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R602 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R603 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R604 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R605 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R701 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R702 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R703 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R704 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R705 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R708 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R709 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R712 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R714 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R718 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R722 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R723 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-11 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H R724 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R725 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R728 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R730 1-218-840-91 METAL CHIP 510 0.5% 1/10W R731 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R734 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R736 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R738 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R740 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R742 1-216-841-91 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R743 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R744 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R745 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R747 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R748 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R749 1-216-824-91 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R750 1-216-824-91 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R751 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R752 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R753 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R754 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 0 R759 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R760 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R762 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R763 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R764 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R765 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R766 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R767 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R769 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R770 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R771 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R772 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R773 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R780 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R781 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R782 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R783 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R785 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R786 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R787 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R788 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R789 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R790 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R792 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R793 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1101 1-218-855-91 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W R1102 1-218-827-91 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W R1110 1-216-826-91 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R1114 1-216-801-91 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R1115 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1129 1-216-845-91 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R1133 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1134 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1138 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1139 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1140 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1141 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1142 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1143 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1145 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1146 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1147 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1150 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R1151 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R1152 1-216-827-91 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R1167 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1168 1-216-813-91 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R1169 1-216-805-91 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R1170 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1172 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1173 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1177 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R1178 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1179 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R1181 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1183 1-216-805-91 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R1184 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R1185 1-216-809-91 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R1186 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1187 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1191 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1701 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1702 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1703 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1705 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1706 1-216-821-91 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1710 1-216-829-91 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R1711 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1712 1-216-833-91 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1715 1-216-864-91 SHORT CHIP 0 RB103 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB104 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB105 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 47 (1005X4) RB106 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 47 (1005X4) RB107 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB108 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB109 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB110 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB111 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB112 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB113 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB114 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB115 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) RB116 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 47 (1005X4) RB117 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 47 (1005X4) S1701 1-771-337-21 SWITCH, SLIDE X101 1-795-630-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL X701 1-795-244-21 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC MV www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-12 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H SW-470 BOARD ********************* C001 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V C002 1-126-786-91 ELECT 47UF 20% 16V CN001 1-794-473-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 9P D001 6-501-147-01 DIODE LTL-1MHAE-112A D002 6-500-598-01 DIODE SDLB3DC0A0100-DEF IC001 6-600-256-01 IC GP1UE27SXK0F JR002 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R028 1-216-059-91 RES-CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R029 1-216-071-91 RES-CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R030 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R031 1-216-059-91 RES-CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R033 1-216-025-91 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R034 1-216-033-91 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R035 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W S001 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT S002 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT S003 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT S004 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT S005 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT S006 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACT 1-468-974-11 POWER BLOCK (SRV1838UC) (NS71HP/NS75H) *********** 1-468-973-11 POWER BLOCK (SRV1839WW) (NS76H) *********** POWER BLOCK (SRV1838UC) POWER BLOCK (SRV1839WW) Note : The components identified by mark or dotted line with mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. SW-470 ACCESSORIES ************* 1-569-008-22 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P (NS76H:E) 1-751-271-71 CORD, CONNECTION (AV) (EXCEPT NS76H:AEP) 2-662-865-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (NS75H) 2-662-865-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (NS75H:CND) 2-662-865-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANNISH) (NS76H:E) 2-662-866-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (NS76H:SP) 2-662-866-22 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (THAI) (NS76H:SP) 2-662-866-32 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KOREAN) (NS76H:KR) 2-666-955-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN) (NS76H:AE1) 2-666-955-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (NS76H:AE1) 2-666-955-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH) (NS76H:AE1) 2-666-955-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN) (NS76H:AE1) 2-666-955-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANNISH) (NS76H:AE2) 2-666-955-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE) (NS76H:AE2) 2-666-955-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GREEK) (NS76H:AE2) 2-666-956-12 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (NS76H:UK) 2-666-956-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH) (NS76H:AE3) 2-666-956-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH) (NS76H:AE3) 2-666-956-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEEDISH) (NS76H:AE3) 2-666-956-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (POLISH) (NS76H:AE3) 2-686-160-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION(ENGLISH) (NS71HP) 2-666-956-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (RUSSIAN) (NS76H:RUS) 1-479-179-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D175A) (NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H:E,KR) 1-479-179-21 REMOTE COMMANDER(RMT-D175P) (NS76H:SP,AEP,UK,RUS) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-13 DVP-NS71HP/NS75H/NS76H – 119 – Sony Corporation Home Electronics Network Company. 9-883-901-12 2006B0100-1 2006.02 Published by Product Design 1 Department www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com